The Jackals (1)

Post/Author/DateTimePost
#1

shatteredtower

Jun 18, 2003 15:00:06
Who are the Jackals?

Jackals were the elite soldiers of Lord Malifaeyr, living to serve only him. At one time, they were required to take a vow of chastity and forswear all other associations, as it was felt that such bonds compromised the membership.

With the decimation of the order, however, these requirements have been waived. Lord Malifaeyr's efforts to maintain a force has required him to employ mercenaries, who rarely appreciate such demands from their employer regardless of the pay scale. He has also approached the Silver Sword Adventurer's Guild to assist in the effort to rebuild the Jackals to their former glory.

Jackal Colors: dark green and brown; dark green shield with a stylized jackal head on the front.

Hierarchy
  • Grand Master: Commander of the Jackals, answerable only to Lord Malifaeyr. At present, this position stands vacant, with Lord Malifaeyr taking a more direct command of the order.
  • Seneschal: Deputy and advisor to the Grand Master. This position is also vacant for the moment.
  • Commander of Knights: Lieutenants to higher authorities within the order. Their garb consists of a dark green tunic with jackal emblem on chest, and a green leather helm with brown horse hair on the top. Darkar Shadowwood and Azad Kemeri are two of the three commanders; the third is Gamis Phaebinn, though this is considered an acting rank.
  • Knight: The warriors who wear the full colors of the order. Each is equipped with two horses and perhaps a squire. Knights act on their own most of the time, occasionally aided by knight brothers, unless called to battle or special assignment. The Knights are identified by their dark green tunics with a stylized jackal emblem on chest. A cape is optional.
  • Knight Brother/Sister: The purpose of the Knight Brother is to command the brothers in battle, leading the march. Each is equipped with one horse and perhaps a squire. The Knight Brothers wear a dark green tunic with dark brown slash across the front, with the Jackal medallion prominently shown. A cape is optional.
  • Brother/Sister: These warriors are support troops; noble birth is not required of those of this rank. Although similarly equipped to a full knight, the Brother has one horse and no squires serving under them. Dark green colours, a musketeer style hat (with brown ostrich plume), and dark green cape with dark brown trim distinguish their station in the order. They are required to wear the Jackal medallion prominently while on duty, except in situations where it would jeopardize their assignment.
  • Squire: The local troops who fight alongside the Brothers. Dress is the same as that for a Brother, save that they do not wear a cape.

Jackals Membership

Joining the Jackals is not an easy task. One who has committed murder cannot be a member. Servants of Kakodemmion or persons of bad character will not be considered either. Members have generally been required to disassociate themselves from other affiliations, such as with the city guard, but members of the Silver Sword Adventurer's Guild are considered honorary members at this time.

One cannot be "born" into the Jackals and being of noble birth does not increase the chance of being considered. If you wished to be considered for the Jackals, leave a note at the palace and someone will be in contact with you.

[OOC Note: At this time, there are no current benefits to joining, however, that may change as things progress.]

Jackal Discipline and Punishment

Expulsion From The Order: This is the highest punishment a Jackal can face. Below are the infractions to cause such expulsion.
  • Murder.
  • Divulging details of the Chapter's meetings.
  • Conspiring or making false charges against a brother.
  • Leaving the Order's headquarters for more than two days without permission.
  • Fleeing the enemy during battle without permission of the Marshall.

Losing Your Coat (Rank): Losing the coat of the order was a penance of shame. Taken from guilty brother are his coat, weapons and horse. This penance befell any that committed these infractions:
  • Attacking another Jackal.
  • Killing a pack animal or losing a horse through negligence.
  • Utter falsehoods about oneself.
  • Injuring any person out of anger.
  • Throwing the Jackal coat to the ground in anger.
  • Loaning out any Jackal assets without permission of the order.

It is important to note that all the above crimes can be forgiven. If a Jackal sincerely repents bad actions, he or she may be restored with coat and weapons, subject to the agreement of the Jackal brethren.

[Note: Only members of the Jackals, or those granted leave to visit them, may post to this thread. Any other post will be deleted. Any questions, comments, or concerns you may have are to be submitted by e-mail or within the DM Paging System thread. Those wishing to know more about the Jackals IC are asked to please post to the Palace thread.]

[The (1) in the title above indicates that it is the first Jackals' thread since the new boards were opened. To review the previous thread, click here.]
#2

darkar_shadowood_dup

Aug 02, 2003 19:27:06
After the endless questioning of those involved Darkar exhausted returns to the Jackal HQ to trance. The next morning he awakes having slept too long. It is too qui..... The thought dies as he remembers that they are fewer in number

Dresses in silence and makes his way to breakfast. It is a silent affair since there are very few that are not still recovering in some way or another.

He walks around the compound checking on those still recovering and asking if there is anything he can get them to make them more comfortable. Darkar spends the morning running errands fetching a variety of things: a favorite book, a religous medallion, letters from family, extra blankets and pillows.

#3

darkar_shadowood_dup

Aug 03, 2003 21:02:25
After a brief lunch Darkar has short meeting with Lord Malifaeyr, discussing the future of the Jackals and the new responsibilities he will be given

Lord Malifaeyr "Almost all of my forces, including the commanders, are missing or dead. I need people with experience to rebuild the unit, and you are among the most capable still in my ranks. You shall also be provided with a small staff, whom you shall be expected to maintain in good order."

I will be allowed to interview and hand pick my staff of course?

Malifaeyr nods before bringing up another matter

Lord Malifaeyr "I'm have also requested that the Silver Sword lease its services to me, at least during this time of crisis. Payment for this service shall be 25 gold pieces per week, in addition to room, board, and stabling fees. "

Yes this is a good idea, they have proved themselves quite capable in the past. Perhaps some of them could be convinced to join if they are offered positions with the organization.

The next couple of hours Lord Malifaeyr asks questions of Darkar about the members strengths and weaknesses so that they might properly assign them better when they are here assisting the Jackals. When the meeting is over Darkar makes his way to the private cermony to honor their fallen breathren
#4

darkar_shadowood_dup

Aug 06, 2003 22:49:35
Previous Day

After the cermony Darkar retires to his quarters and rests his heart heavy and mind uneasy
#5

darkar_shadowood_dup

Aug 07, 2003 0:49:31
Silmarwen enters the compound and looks around at the nearly empty room that she enters. Across the room behind a desk is a very busy clerk doing paper work scribbling away with a quill.

Scritch, Scratch, Scritch are the sounds that the quill makes across the parchement. So intense is the work of the clerk that he does not notice Silmarwen until she is standing before him at his desk.

Startled by her sudden apperance the quill snaps in his hand as he jumps slightly in his seat.


Clerk: Ah, you startled me where did you come from?

Franticly he searches for another quill, still trying to work while talking with the elf.

Silmarwen: I am here seeking Sir Darkar Shadowood. I have a message that I must personally give him.

Finding another quill the clerk call for a runner and he resumes his scratching with the quill muttering to himself. "All my help has been reassigned and they still expect me to do the same job. Too many interuptions, too many interuptions."

The runner arrives and with a wave of the clerks hand he goes to Silmarwen.


Runner: How can I assist you?

Silmarwen: I have a message to give to Sir Darkar Shadowood personally. I would prefer if possible to be brought to him, since this is a private message intended for him.

She shoots the clerk a sideways glance

Runner: If you will follow me then Ms?

Silmarwen: Silmarwen.

Runner: Right this way then Silmarwen.

The runner leads Silmarwen to Darkar's quarters and then he knocks on the door annoucing her before departing

Runner: Sir Shadowood, a courier to see you Sir.

Silmarwen waits for the door to open not sure what to expect having not seen Lord Daeel's son before

.oO(I wonder if he is as much of a trouble maker as he has been described by his cousin)
#6

darkar_shadowood_dup

Aug 08, 2003 3:03:11
[i]Darkar breaks out of his meditation with start looking at the door.

.oO(A courier? Who would be sending me a message?)

Just a moment Darkar calls towards the door. He pulls on a tunic and pulls his hair back behind his shoulders.

.oO(I do not look my best, but this will have to do.)

Pulling open his door he is surprised to see the female elf dressed in a grey cloak with breastplate armor visible underneath, and the sword strapped at her side.

Darkar: That is a strange outfit for a courier.

Silmarwen: A courier is not my normal job. I am a teacher, an advisor, and a servant of Thalos.

She reaches into her pack and pulls out the scroll case and hands it to him

Silmarwen: This letter is from your father Lord Daeel, Sir Shadowood, it will explain all.

Darkar gives her a curious glance, but knowing his father and his flare for the dramatic, or flamboyant as his mother would say. He opens the scroll case and as the rolled scroll falls into his hand he can plainly see the seal of his father.

Carefully he breaks the seal, and unrolls the parchment and the strong smell of rosemary escapes filling Darkar's senses and triggers found memories of time with his father. Taking a refreshing breath Darkar looks down and begins to read.

Ian

My son, I keep hearing good reports of your exploits with the Jackals, and the little that your mother will actually say about you.

I keep telling her that you have changed and in the future we should welcome you back. She scoffs and rolls her eyes at me unimpressed with your progress, but I know her better than that.

Deep inside she wishes for you to return, but due to her position as leader of the council she feel that it is her duty to make absolutely certain that your reform is indeed complete. For that reason she tends to judge you harsher than others would.

As much as I would like you to return right now, I believe that your experiences within the city can only strengthen you for when you do return. I still believe that it will be about twenty years until you will be allowed to return.

Talking with your mother's brother Father Mara, we believe that many difficulties are ahead for the city. Also we see that you have role to play in dealing with these difficulties. I feel that in order for you to properly do your part an advisor is warranted.

That is where Silmarwen Ancalímon, the priest of Thalos comes into the matter. Silmarwen has had extensive training with many well-known teachers and advisors within our community and other elven communities. Silmarwen has proven herself extensively through her actions. Thus she will be a sufficient advisor to you.

Listen well and play the role given to you.

Lord Daeel

Putting the letter down Darkar turns back to Silmarwen.


Darkar: So Silmarwen, you are to be my advisor, because my father deemed it necessary?

Silmarwen: It is as you say Sir Shadowood.

Darkar: Please call me Darkar, it sounds strange that someone from my home would call me Sir, even if that is my title with the Jackals.

Silmarwen: As you wish Darkar.

Darkar: Will you be joining the Jackals or were you planning something else?

Silmarwen: Unless it is absoulely required I do not.

Darkar: I see, I will have to inform Lord Malifaeyr about my new advisor, and see about obtaining you quarters near mine.

Silmarwen: Perhaps it would be best that I came along as well. However I suggest that you change into something better suited for visiting him than what you are wearing now. I will wait outside while you change.

Silmarwen exits the room while Darkar changes, and the two head off to seek an audience with Lord Malifaeyr
#7

darkar_shadowood_dup

Aug 09, 2003 23:40:16
They are admited into Lord Malifaeyr's chambers where he is resting in a chair by the open window staring at the empty courtyard, which before the March was filled with the sounds of Jackals training and testing each other's mettle.

Now the shadow from the building obscures most of the area only a small patch light illuminates a small corner. Hearing Darkar enter Lord Malifaeyr turns and greets him and Silmarwen with a half-hearted smile.


Lord Malifaeyr: Sir Darkar, a new recruit already?

His mood lightened at the possibility

Darkar: No, not a new recruit, but an advisor sent to me by my father. Milord may I present Silmarwen Ancalímon servant of Thalos.

Silmarwen inclines her head as she is introduced

Lord Malifaeyr: Greetings Silmarwen, servant of the light. I am Lord Malifaeyr leader of the Jackals. I take it you are hear to swear an oath of silence to what transpires hear?

Silmarwen: Yes that was my intent.

Darkar .oO(I should have remembered that.)

Silmarwen takes the gold ring from the necklace in her hand and taps it so emits a melodous ring and holds it aloft as she speaks

Silmarwen: Lord Thalos, father of all that is just and wise, I your servant solemly promise that all knowledge revealed to my by the order of the Jackals will remain a secret.

Lord Malifaeyr nods at the decree and dismisses them saying that is sufficent. He returns to his melancholy at the window
#8

darkar_shadowood_dup

Aug 10, 2003 0:57:19
After obtaining a room nearby to Darkar's and depositing her armor and other gear she encourages that they go eat something and discuss Darkar's current state of affairs in order to know him better
#9

darkar_shadowood_dup

Aug 15, 2003 22:49:55
After returning from Natala's shop

Darkar is greeted by a runner from Lord Malifaeyr to come met with him as soon as possible.

Darkar: Silmarwen I will be back after the meeting if you have anything to discuss.

Silmarwen: You can come find me in the library, I will be doing research on the term Dread Heart and finding any and all on that castle with the undead you told me about.

Darkar follows the runner to Lord Malifaeyr's chambers and waits until he is announced. Lord Malifaeyr is standing by an empty fireplace waiting for the elf.

Lord Malifaeyr: Sir Darkar, I have an assignment for you.

Darkar nods and the Lord continues

Priests of Ordemetrex as serving as intermediaries between us and the enemy for the ransom and release of Jackal prisoners.

Lord Malifaeyr places both hands on the mantle of the fireplace and stares into it looking upon the ash within

The servants of the dark one are asking a heavy price for the return of the prisoners, and would only meet with the priests of the mother. Cowering beasts hide behind her skirts to stay out of harm's reach. They are not trustworthy, and I would like you to spy on them if possible.

Darkar: I see my lord, will this be a lengthy mission back to the fort?

Lord Malifaeyr: No, that would be too dangerous for you that far from the city without any support. This is not meant to be any longer than a single night. I want you to follow the priests to see that they are not harrassed. Also if you can find any evidence of enemy troops advancing closer to the city would be worth finding out as well since our network of gathering information has been seriously crippled.

Darkar: That does not sound too difficult. How many will ther be and when will they be leaving?

Lord Malifaeyr: Six priest will be leaving with a wagon from the city gates at dusk.

Darkar: I will be prepared then. By your leave milord.

Darkar bows and goes to prepare for departure
#10

darkar_shadowood_dup

Aug 16, 2003 0:06:46
.oO(Let's see the black tunic and slacks, the cloak, the magic hat, my armor. Should I take Lakilea? Probably best for the extra bit of speed if it should be neccesary. Now to the library to see Silmarwen.

Upon entering the library he sees that she has wasted little time as she is scanning several books and has another pile ready to go when she is done with these. Looking up she see Darkar dressed for stealth.


Silmarwen: Secret mission?

Darkar: Something like that.

He tells her of his mission that he has been assigned

Silmarwen: I see well hopefully I will have found some useful information by the time that you have returned.

She returns to her research while Darkar fetches Lakilea and heads to the gate. Along the way his appearance changes to a non-descript human male dressed as a traveller.
#11

darkar_shadowood_dup

Aug 18, 2003 23:53:28
After reporting the next day to Lord Malifaeyr, Darkar learns that 19 Jackals have been successfully recovered. He then leaves Silmarwen who has taken time out from research to pray for an hour, Darkar uses the opprotunity to head to the temple of Ordemet.
#12

darkar_shadowood_dup

Aug 19, 2003 21:57:44
After praying Silmarwen stands gets a short breakfast and then resumes her research.

.oO(Dread Heart, who or what that is.... I will remember or find out soon. Also I hope if I find this castle I might find a map or someone who knows where one is. Then the undead must be elminated from there, it is just so unatural.......)


Spells Prepared

0- Resistance x2, Detect Poison x2, Detect Magic
1- [D]Entropic Shield, Bless, Comprehend Languages, Detect Undead,Inflict Light Wounds
2- [D]Aid, Bull's Strength, Consecrate, Cure Moderate Wounds, Summon Monster II
3- [D]Searing Light, Cure Serious Wounds, Inflict Serious Wounds, Remove Disease
#13

darkar_shadowood_dup

Aug 22, 2003 23:03:05
Silmarwen finds reference to a scroll that has a report pertaining to a fortress in the wild away from the city. However when she tries to find the scroll it seems that it did not get filed in its proper place and it takes her until lunchtime to track it down. Stomach growling Silmarwen goes to mess hall to get some food before reading.

.oO(It seems that I skipped breakfast in my earnst research. I will not miss another meal however, my strength must be maintained.)
#14

darkar_shadowood_dup

Aug 23, 2003 19:24:32
After a lunch of vegatable stew Silmarwen returns the library and unrolls the scroll to read its contents


Kelston Marquett reports what little is known about the area.

'This is a wilderness area were few people transvere since it is far from the main roads and any nearby cities. The value of the area is limited and what little can gathered in not worth the risk. We have encountered the undead on several occasions, and have fled more than once. Our group passed by a fortress that once might have been a stronghold of someone, but it is in the process of becoming ruins.

I recommend that this place be place on the "extremely dangerous" area on the maps of the surrounding area. Only those well equipped with priests should even try to enter this place.'



There is some smudged print that Silmarwen can barely make out that references more information in another volume elsewhere in the library.
#15

darkar_shadowood_dup

Aug 23, 2003 20:38:14
Half an hour later Silmarwen sits down with a large dusty book.

.oO(Looks like this book was filed and forgotten)

Opening the book she blows the dust from the pages and begins to read turning away from the dust cloud.


Several factions who worship Demmion have been operating in the wilderness in the area for hundreds of years. Whether this area has some special meaning to their god or the seclussion allows them free reign to do their deeds remains to be seen.

A fortress in these wilds was a stronghold for Quiscoth Path zealots who were at odds with the orthodox faith. At the peek of their power the place was dark and forboding. Secret meetings of the sect were often held and plots devised here. More rumors indicate that this was a testing ground for dark spells and rituals for Demmion. The Quiscoths sought unsual paths to transcend death and undeath.

On more than one occasion the city and the church discussed tearing down this stronghold, but it has not proven feasible, when factoring in the distance and some of the risks, notably the undead cursed to wander these site. Thus the structure still stands a testament to evil.

However the rivalry between the Quiscoth Path and the more traditional Demmionites broke out into fighting and bloodshed. Most of their ranks purged or imprisioned the group was either forgotten ignored. No record of the group has been reported in the last few decades which has lead us to the conclusion that the group is extinct.

At this time we are content to let the undead have this place until a viable solution to root them out becomes available.


.oO(Amazing that such a thing could happen. I wonder if there is some dark attraction to that place. It would explain the hordes of undead, and to think that Darkar stumbled onto this place.)

Wait he said that their were priests preforming some ritual that he did not understand when they burst in and defeated them. It seems that the Quiscoth Path is not as extinct as these records indicate.

Reshelving the book she heads to her room to meditate on the information she has found.

.oO(Still nothing on 'Dread Heart' though)
#16

darkar_shadowood_dup

Aug 28, 2003 1:39:01
The next morning after Silmarwen has spent time in prayer she and Darkar have breakfast discussing her findings and the upcoming journey back to the fortress.

Silmarwen: It seems that the fortress you were at was a secret meeting place for the Quiscoth Path, a fanticial sect of the dark one.

Darkar: Well that would explain all of those priests and the strange ritual we interrupted.

Silmarwen sighs and shakes her head

Silmarwen: You are missing the point, they ranks were purged by the more othordox followers of the dark one. The were thought to be extinct, but from what you describe it seems they were not as extinct as the records indicate.

Darkar: Should we be worried that their demise was over exaggerated?

Silmarwen: With the followers of the dark one you should always be wary. Though more often than not the truly heinous acts that we see commited they do not have any direction affiliation with the followers of the dark one.

Most of the time they are content to move behind the scenes and manipulate things. That is where they are the most dangerous because it is difficult to see what it is that they are doing. Only the observant, dilligent, and inquisitive have what it takes to find and foil there plans.

Nodding along Darkar speaks again

Darkar: We might need another more aid if there are undead and followers of the dark one.

Silmarwen: Perhaps Natala?

Darkar: Hermy seems to think that Natala attracts trouble with the undead. It was how she died. He also said another encounter with the undead nearly got her fatally stabbed.

Silmarwen: Hmmm... Perhaps we can hire a cleric from Thalos' temple.

They continue talking and prepare a short speech that Darlar will give outlining the important points. Then the pair make their way to the Silver Sword for the meeting
#17

darkar_shadowood_dup

Sep 02, 2003 12:39:38
Silmarwen and Darkar gather their gear preparing to leave early this morning. Darkar writes a scroll explaining to Lord Malifaeyr where he is going and what it is for. Also adds that there might be a potential recruit for the Jackal with the group he is leaving with Aric. He dispatches a runner with the scroll to Lord Malifaeyr.

Silmarwen, with Thosar and myself we can each see better in the dark than the others. Durning night watches we will each take a shift agreed?

Nodding they head out to meet the others.
#18

shatteredtower

Oct 30, 2003 14:45:33
"Lord Malifaeyr!"

"And good evening to you. Has Sir Darkar returned from the field?"

"No, milord!"

"Very well. Have him report his findings to me when he does, will you?"

"At once, milord!"

"... If it's all the same to you, I would prefer that he's had time to bathe and change first."

"... Yes, milord; it shall be as you request."

"Good man. Carry on."
#19

zombiegleemax

Nov 03, 2003 5:19:42
(Such a young looking bunch, most of them...)Oo. muses Gerug, as he watches a few training drills.

.oO(Hmm... mmm-hmm... yes, mostly self-contained quarters, it would seem, just the one entrance to the main palace, unless I've missed something. Very good...)

He continues his review of the grounds, then makes his way to the Hightower.
#20

zombiegleemax

Nov 12, 2003 16:27:38
(Volos's contact should be doing pretty well by now for those diamonds,)Oo. Gamis thinks to himself as he walks from the Jackal compound, the lingering desert-tanned tone of his skin contrasting with the shine of his plate and the blue of his surcoat. The sound of his boots on the cobbles is mostly drowned by his rythmic clanking as he walks away from the palace, on his established route through the streets, across the marketsquare, and towards his home, undisturbed in his clanking and his thoughts.

.oO(At least those recruits have a modicum of experience, and they're showing more and more loyalty. Here's hoping it'll hold up when they're put to the fire, though... All of them need time and even more effort to shape up, especially the totally green volunteers. If we can get them skilled enough, the fervor will serve them well.)

(We still need more soldiers,)Oo. he thinks on. .oO(Meanwhile, the Flame is up to who-knows-what out there... We need good reconaissance. And for that we need good scouts. Hermy's the best bet there, and I know he'll be on it just as soon as Alissa's back. Malifaeyr needs his own scouting corp for that purpose, though; Hermy can't cover everything. And scouts are at tremendous risk out there, with the support we can give. Light knows I'm little use in that respect, except to whisk someone out of harm's way, which I probably won't be anywhere near for risk of giving them away in the first place.)

(How would Allegion handle this...?)Oo. he wonders, casting his eyes down slightly. .oO(They have him, and he seems to be alive, but they haven't sent a ransom demand for him like some of the others... Maybe the scouting can lead to a rescue.)

He sighs, and with his head still filled with thoughts of orcs and Demmionites and demon-spawned creatures, the paladin clanks on home.
#21

zombiegleemax

Nov 14, 2003 19:03:31
Gamis leads through the Jackal compound, nodding to those he recognizes and clearing Da'Vane through the guards. They go on through to the training yards, where the class is assembled.

"Good morning," Gamis says to the recruits. "This is my squire Da'Vane, from the Southlands. He'll be helping me teach and learning along with the rest of you. Everyone stretch out and warm up; I need to get armored. Da'Vane, would you give me a hand?"

"Sure, Master Gamis."

Gamis armors with his squire's help, watching the recruits warm up while he layers on the plates. "See the fellow in the back there? The one with the tattoo on his neck?" he asks the Southlander.

Da' Vane looks over, and nods. "Yes."

"He's doing well. One of the more mercenary recruits Malifaeyr was able to collect, but quite capable. Favors the flail. He's likely to earn himself a good rank.

"I may have the two of you spar."


"I knew there was a reason you pointed him out."

"He's still pretty green, so don't expect great trouble. And any sparring will be saved for later. We're working with polearms this morning."

"I haven't had much experience with polearms beyond basic training - the Church Milita back home uses Pikes for defence, mostly."

"You're a step ahead of most of them in that, though. And the technique's hard to forget." Gamis rolls his shoulders, shifting mail into place, then addresses the class. "Alright, recruits... Pick up your spears; it's time to get to work."
#22

da-_vane

Nov 14, 2003 19:25:51
Da' Vane and Gamis spend the rest of the day training the class in the use of the Longspear. Da' Vane takes a little time out to explain some of the more advanced techniques used by the Church Milita, including some common counter-attacks they are likely to face from their primary opponent - the Mounted Knight - and how to best counter these attacks.

Some of these advanced techniques, such as the angling and bracing of the longspears against the point of impact from a Mounted Wedge Formation takes a great degree of disipline, and aren't mastered by the Church Militia of the Southlands until a few years of training, but Da' Vane feels that the new Jackal recruits are beginning to get the ideas, and with a bit of work may be able to master the more basic applications of these tactics.

While not describing some of the Church Militia pike manouvres, he practices in the use of the Longspear along with the recruits, following Sir Gamis' instructions along with the rest of the class.

He carefully monitors the tattooed man, trying to gain a feel for his general strengths and weaknesses, while both teaching and training. Even though the man specialises in the flail, his skill and ability to grasp new concepts shines through, and clearly he will go far. A hint of jealously creeps into Da' Vane's mind, as he thinks that Gamis might have given him personal training during the time Sir Da' Vane was in the Church of Agathalos. Still, beating him in a sparring match will show Gamis who's the better squire.
#23

zombiegleemax

Nov 21, 2003 20:07:07
Gamis watches the class's progress through the day's lesson, nodding approvingly when Da'Vane gives accurate advice on using the longspear. He himself stresses the importance of holding formation in battle, promising that later lessons will focus on that. He changes his mind about arranging a spar between Da'Vane and the tattooed Jackal recruit when the latter sprains his wrist while warming up before Gamis gives them all a little time to work on their personal, hand-to-hand combat forms. He is advised to take it easy for the rest of the day and see a healer tomorrow.

With a satisfying day at its end, the senior paladin dismisses the class for the day, gives Da'Vane a more detailed tour of the area of the Jackals HQ he's allowed around, then he dismisses his squire for the day, planning to meet him again the next morning in the marketsquare.
#24

zombiegleemax

Nov 25, 2003 16:18:06
*Among his many other messages, one is left this very afternoon for the elven Jackal addressed in a seal of lightl-blue wax, a kite-shield surrounding an upside-down tear. It reads...*

Sir Darkar...

First let me express my satisfaction in being led by so noble an elf. With tactics, swordmanship, and intuition you led this expedition to a most honorable end...for nothing holds more honor than seeing to the well-being of those you lead. Thank-you.

That out of the way, I am prepared immediately to identify those items with mystic natures. As I said, the pearls found should prove a more than sufficient quantity as material for the identification.

The items are safer at the Jackal's compound, so we may rotate them from there. Say, have eight of them each day brought to my room at the hightower, and eight brought back each day after the first? It should take three or four days like this to complete the process, and please do not offer me compensation for this time for I have recieved compensation enough.

In the meantime, it is good to be back. I hope everything finds you well on your return. If you need my assistance please do not hesitate to ask, and on the same note from this day forward I hope you count me among your friends. That would be an honor I would die happy with.

~Tynk Waverstone
#25

darkar_shadowood_dup

Nov 26, 2003 1:31:17
After returning to the compound and cleaning up Darkar spends a few hours writing a detail report for Lord Malifayer on the venture to the castle. It takes several pages to complete and Silmarwen's assistance for the reference materials but he seals it and sends it with a runner to Lord Malifayer.

Report for Lord Malifayer concerning what transpired at the castle once belonging to the Quisicoth Path.

Here Darkar references the materials that Silmarwen researched about the area where Darkar had been when he was with the Silver Sword.

Kelston Marquett reports what little is known about the area.

'This is a wilderness area were few people transverse since it is far from the main roads and any nearby cities. The value of the area is limited and what little can gathered in not worth the risk. We have encountered the undead on several occasions, and have fled more than once. Our group passed by a fortress that once might have been a stronghold of someone, but it is in the process of becoming ruins.

I recommend that this place be place on the "extremely dangerous" area on the maps of the surrounding area. Only those well equipped with priests should even try to enter this place.'

Several factions who worship Demmion have been operating in the wilderness in the area for hundreds of years. Whether this area has some special meaning to their god or the seclusion allows them free reign to do their deeds remains to be seen.

A fortress in these wilds was a stronghold for Quiscoth Path zealots who were at odds with the orthodox faith. At the peek of their power the place was dark and foreboding. Secret meetings of the sect were often held and plots devised here. More rumors indicate that this was a testing ground for dark spells and rituals for Demmion. The Quiscoths sought unusual paths to transcend death and undeath.

On more than one occasion the city and the church discussed tearing down this stronghold, but it has not proven feasible, when factoring in the distance and some of the risks, notably the undead cursed to wander these site. Thus the structure still stands a testament to evil.

However the rivalry between the Quiscoth Path and the more traditional Demmionites broke out into fighting and bloodshed. Most of their ranks purged or imprisoned the group was either forgotten ignored. No record of the group has been reported in the last few decades, which have, lead us to the conclusion that the group is extinct.

At this time we are content to let the undead have this place until a viable solution to root them out becomes available.

Upon learning that my friends Sir Hermy and Aria had lost (wife/sister) I volunteered my services to the guild to help raise money to raise her since it seemed apparent that the mother had given consent to have her raised from what I was told. Also the guild was assisting NaShae (elven woman) and Kywyn (human male) with a problem that NaShae’s had developed researching healing spells for a wizard to use. Her aliment was turning her into one of the undead slowly. (Kywyn and NaShae can be recalled from the group that assisted ending the threat of the creatures that kept appearing randomly in the city)

One of the components for a cure was part of a mummy. They had researched and found a suitable location somewhere in the desert where mummification was a practice of an ancient culture that had once resided there. They were also going to try and obtain funds for Alissa (wife of Sir Hermy, sister to Aria).

However, it was also suggested by Sir Hermy that a group also return to the castle that the Silver Sword had learned of a potential threat of the return of the night of the shadows that had plagued the city over a year ago. The castle had not been completely explored and there were once living people who controlled the undead. (See Quiscoth Path above).

After a discussion it was decided that I would lead a group upon the return to the castle. Those who came along with me to the castle are as follows:

Aria Amberhawk (SSAG)
Aric (Last name not known by me)(SSAG)
Aramil Dunskar (SSAG)
Amarandios (Servant of Thalos)
Silmarwen
Thosar Lueque (SSAG)

Brief summary of my first venture to the castle:

Cassius Gaia (location unknown), at the time, second in command of the Silver Sword burst into the guild ranting about the return of the shadows. After being calmed down it seems that Cassius had learned of a castle that held a horde of undead creatures. Though learning this had cost him lots of his memory. A group of the Silver Sword members went to aid Cassius at the castle. They included Sir Hermy, Arnor (deceased), Ivan Granitehammer (deceased), Threfdil Proudfoot (Paladin of Thalos) (location unknown), Trebellar a druid (location unknown), and myself.

We fought to the guard tower and learned that using the entrance there would be our doom from a laughing guard. Then we climbed to the roof and descended from there. We fought our way to the bottom, and nearly perished twice. However we were successful in our mission. Stumbling in on what appeared to be a way to raise the master dead we slew all of the priests in the room. However after that happened the undead free of their masters’ chains went berserk and started killing those directing them to find us. We barricaded ourselves in the temple since the undead were at the doors. Also the body of the Halfling on the alter began moaning a terrible wail, and only by removing the amulet from around its neck did it stop.

We thought ourselves trapped, but during the night while we were resting Sir Hermy had a conversation with a spirit or voice I am not sure. It promised us a place to hide and recover and a way out if Sir Hermy gave him the amulet. Apparently Sir Hermy also bargained for food, and that was agreed upon. Sir Hermy claimed later that it was the best pie he never ate. I am still puzzled by that statement, but the promises were true. A place to rest was found, and we were safe. However we did have to fight some creatures I had never previously seen to escape the castle. It nearly proved fatal for the group. Even though we lived several of the members whom the creatures had touched suffered some strange aliment that required the care of the priests of the mother.

Summary of the second venture to the castle:

We returned and camped outside the first night and then the next morning after preparation we went inside the same place I had exited previously. However the door had been locked and it was necessary to break the door down to get inside. We had to fight a group of skeletons that were in that room.

After defeating them and moving inside I thought I heard movement and was able to avoid an ambush that was still waiting for us inside. From the other side of the wall through arrow slits we were being fired upon. Forming a defensive position we forced our way down the corridor and into the room were the group was. This is were we captured our three prisoners.

Then we went through a door in this room. Exploring the corridor we went through a door where we encountered more skeletons. During the fight I heard someone moving away quickly. Following the sounds I heard voices speaking a language I did not know, as I looked around the corner I was nearly hit with javelins. The others finishing the fight had started to follow me. I dodged back as Aria and Aric went around the corner and a wall of fire appeared trapping them on the other side.

Before I could call the others back Aramil charged through and the sounds of battle could be heard. The rest of the us charged through to support the others that were now involved fighting for their lives. On the other side were two ogres, lots of orcs and humans, a half-orc, and some dark robbed men. The fight was furious and Aric dropped many of their numbers with his axe. Silmarwen and Amarandios tried to keep us from dropping with their healing energies but the blue skinned boy soon fell when one of the robbed men hit us with a burst of fire.

One of the orcs with a huge axe roared and nearly took out Aric with one swing. The fight turned to their advantage at that moment. Silmarwen moved to keep Aric from falling. Most of the group concentrated on taking out that orc. I was busy dealing with fighters on my side and could not see everything that was happening. From what Silmarwen tells me Thosar fell. The orc was taken out and I begin fighting with the half-orc however I had be hurt to much and soon fell as well as Aric, and Tynk. Aria and Aramil seemed to have the fight in hand but then she fell as well. Quick thinking by Silmarwen got Thosar standing. Then the half-orc who had been apparently severely wounded stopped pretending how hurt he was and dropped Aramil and Thosar.

Silmarwen and the half-orc squared off and she killed him with the aid of Thalos. By the grace of Thalos she was able to revive all of the group before death took them. Slowly we recovered enough to move about safely. Taking the best weapons and armor, we left to recover. It was two days later before we venture inside again.

However we had found a letter from Gaya Hoon, someone who had sent them to recover the treasury from the castle.

Details of the letter:

Modred,

Your news is of great concern to us all. It was disturbing enough to realize that the Quiscoth Path had been to Shadowfall so recently, but we need to know who put the ones you found to the sword. I am unable to confirm that the one you retrieved was the "Master of the Path" -- halfling or no, we would need the amulet to confirm his identity. No doubt those responsible claimed it for their own purposes, but Charfather will say nothing on the subject.

However, He has assured us that the treasury remains untouched. Perhaps the invaders did not know of it, or perhaps they did not survive to claim it. Be cautious in any event. While the "Shadowmaster's" assault on Garic's City did draw most of the guardians from this keep, not all answered his call, and doubtless at least a fraction of the others have returned by now.

(The Shadowmaster -- the audacity of the man! The Nychtheron is a coward, but a useful one, and not such a fool as his predecessor. Mome appreciates his sense of humour, or so he told me the last time I was tested by the Maw. But then, Mome says a lot of things.)

Be more careful with this detachment than the last one. The fate of the moonchildren is my concern at the moment, and most of our forces have been summoned to hold the pass. Kemper won't say why it is so important, but the Lady seems to know.

(If it wasn't for how well she has broken the orcs to our purpose, I would gladly feed her to [draconic]Cinders-of-Dawn[/draconic], just to remind her of her place! It's all a game to that troll -- even dragonfire doesn't seem to bother her.)

Durgak has been ordered to provide you with whatever assistance you require, but remember that the orcs respect him, while they don't know you, nor do they speak the Common tongue.

I apologize for the lack of a map -- you were not yet born when I last visited this place, and we did not dare tarry long nor to visit the lower passages, especially not at night. The Prophet's displeasure has never been discriminating, and I still wonder how the Shadowmaster managed to turn it to his favour, even if ever so briefly. (I've no doubt that old shade had a hand in how it turned out, though.) The "Master of the Path" had quarters across from the gatehouse, and it may be worth checking those thoroughly. I suspect that he would have had a way to reach their resources quickly.

The guardians you observed in the courtyard and upper levels sound like a Quiscoth creation. As they don't sound too bright from what you have described, try to fight them where you can bring greater numbers to bear on them, rather than leaving them the advantage of numbers. Make sure you only try this during the daylight hours! I am glad that you were able to secure a series of rooms on the lower level (though I agree that you should stay clear of the prison -- I doubt that the treasury will be found through there), but your resources are too limited to try tactics like those again. I'm not condemning your actions -- we are all pleased that you were not forced to turn back -- but "The dawn is only for the successful."

May you live to see His Light,

Gaya Hoon

Knowing now that there was certainly a reward worth finding, and that it must not fall into their hands we kept searching in earnest. I had seen a hidden door in the room that we had fought for our very lives. That is were we began searching first. We discovered an armory, but the weapons were long lost to rust and a well. However spirits came through the wall and began to attack us. We defended ourselves and Amarandios drove them off. After finding a corridor that was blocked when the floor above collapsed who know how long ago.

Though I think it was my imagination I could swear I could the collapsing rock before opening the door and screams of people inside. As we went back to the corridor we opened an old oak door that had not been used in awhile. Inside we started to search when I saw figures running away. As a light was shown to reveal them Silmarwen told us that they were wights and how dangerous they were. They wights were defeated, but Aric and Aramil had succumbed to their touch. It became apparent after the fight that this place was indeed the prison and we decided to leave.

We spent time recovering and Aramil seemed fine but Aric appeared to lost some of his strength from the fight. We continued to explore the castle finding the courtyard next, but several undead were in the courtyard and it took some time before we cleared the courtyard for us to move safely. Searching around we found a room that appeared to be a place for welcoming visitors. A tapestry hung showing the master of the keep triumphant after a battle. It was quiet disturbing to look at with the details including in the picture.

I spent time exploring around the courtyard, and I found another room that was burned out. Then I had another strange sensation I could hear the roar of the flames and woman screaming in agony. I found charred remains on the floor in the room.

We then went down a set of stairs and found a huge underground room. Exploring where we saw light we saw a huge wall of fire. Becoming suspicious that there was no smoke or anything fueling the fire I passed my blade through the flames and found my blade still cool to the touch.

Plunging my arm into revealed to me that if was just an illusion. Passing through we found a storage room for wine. Exploring the room further lead to no more finds and then we went upstairs searching for the master’s quarters.

We entered many rooms and did not find the master’s quarters. The only thing of interest was a library full of books. We then went into a corridor that I had been in on the previous venture, but I had not explored because we were busy running and fighting at the time. The first door revealed a man and woman playing chess, but they were not among the living. The man charged me and started a fight, with the groups help he was defeated. However the woman paid us no mind intently studying the chessboard.

Thosar and Tynk stayed in the room while the rest of the group explored the next room. It seems the woman was trying to win her first game against the man, but was in a difficult spot and thought she would never win now. Thosar was trying his best to help and had found the correct move, but was not explaining very well to her. We returned since the sun was near setting. Seeing the board I explained the potential of the move to her and seeing that she had finally won she disappeared. Thosar believe that we should not leave her remains here took her from the castle.

The next day we explored the rest of the rest of the floor. In the last room before an exit from the corridor I triggered a trap that caused fire to explode from the room. Only by my heightened senses was I able to avoid the fire. Exploring the room I found a hidden alcove holding a book. Reaching for it lighting cascaded all over my body. A malignant spirit of the dead woman in the room was in the room and she had just attacked me. Backing slowly away I waited for the others to help.

As soon as she was attacked she disappeared. After that we tried to find a way to get the book and proceed. When she did not reappear we thought her gone. Opening the next door we found her with a vicious glare on her face in a stairwell landing. A battle then started when she was grievously wounded she cast a spell that caused most of the group including myself fleeing from her in fear. Thosar and Tynk stood there ground and destroyed her. Apparently she was a guardian until the master returned and was trying to prevent people from entering the master’s quarters.

There was a door in the stairwell that I could not find any reason for it to be locked. Trying to force it open did not work and we had to chop the door to pieces. Inside was a prison cell from what we could determine, however I found evidence of a door in the stonewall. This door also would not open and we had to resort to crumbling that door.

There was a passage way in both directions one lead to a hidden door and the other a circular room. Upon entering the circular room I was teleported back to corridor in the basement where we had fought the enemy also trying to recover the treasure of the keep. Most of the others followed in an attempt to find me leaving Aria to wait for our return.

After we found each other again we finally found the master’s quarters behind the hidden door. but still not the treasury. Although we found hints of were it could be we could not find it. We searched the area where we found the wine again entirely and still nothing. Desperate we searched the prison entirely.

In one well-furnished prison we found the body of a man with several items. When I went to take his stuff his spirit appeared moaning and again the group fled in fear except Tynk and Thosar. A short fight happened which quickly turned into a discussion when the ghost started an angry rant about expected a rescue and not thieves.

They found out that the man was a prisoner a long time ago and was left to starve when his family did not pay a ransom or attempt a rescue. He had hoped that we would inform his family of his fate in the community Mesne of the house of Nabil. Tynk sadly informed the man the community of Mesne no longer existed. It was then agreed that they would take and bury his body in fresh clothes in consecrated ground at the church of Thalos. I will be attending with Thosar and perhaps a few others to tend to Farid of the house of Nabil properly.

The group reformed and decided to rest and recover for another night. As we rested Silmarwen told us of a plan to help find the treasury. She would attempt to locate a merchants scale with divine guidance. A counting room would surely have such an item and the counting room was near the treasury.

It took awhile but we ended up back in the wine room determining that this was the closest place to the scales. Still we could not find a door leading into another room. We began to look for a section of newer wall that might be blocking a passage. While doing so Thosar’s hand passed through a wall. We discovered that an illusion was hiding what we were seeking all along. The corridor ahead of us contained doors opposite of each other and the scales were in the room on the right.

Inside the room with the scales were books, ledgers, a small chest, and what appeared to be a stuffed girallon to us. However when I touched the chest it swung attacking us. We quickly dispatched the beast. Inside the chest we found it full of silver. Before heading to the next room Silmarwen cast a spell to hide us from the undead because earlier she had sense strong magic aura in the room on the left. We had encounter undead already with strong magic and were attempting to prepare for a fight. Tynk also made Silmarwen invisible from sight as well.

When we entered the door we found a massive bulldog in armor and an enormous tongue. A warning entered our mind forbidding us to enter. Believing that the dog could not see us I signaled of us to surround it and attack. As I tried to move past it attacked. The battle ensued for a short while, but the dog attacked Aria with its tongue throwing her across the room where she ceased to move. Infuriated we held nothing back casing massive damage and Aramil finally final killed the dog burying his axe into its spine.

Silmarwen checked on Aria and found that she was only paralyzed and would recover. This room did indeed contain the treasury like we had hoped. Taking everything of value we left the castle were we met up with you Lord Malifayer later in that evening.


(OOC: message is about 21000 characters not even half of the 50000 allowed. )
#26

darkar_shadowood_dup

Nov 27, 2003 13:41:57
Receiving Tynk's letter of thanks Darkar makes the proper arrangement for the items to be brought to Tynk over the next few days.

When the items are all identified Darkar suggests that they all meet in one place to discuss what to do with the items. Silmarwen goes with Amarandios in the city selling gems and together they find a money changer to change most of the silver and copper into gold.
#27

darkar_shadowood_dup

Nov 27, 2003 17:57:05
Darkar returns to his duties as one of Jackals now in charge. Talking with Silmarwen about the staff that Lord Malifayer said he should hire to help with his growing list of resposibilities.

Silmarwen: Primarly you will need a support staff first and warriors secondary. Your job now includes more paperwork, dealing with people, and other problems. People who can help you with that would free up your time for matters that require your personal attention instead of overwhelming you with mundane tasks that could be instead handed over to someone else to handle.

Darkar: Like Volos over at the Silver Sword he handles a great many things over there and supervises their staff.

Silmarwen:Yes, for example Volos like you said, but also think do you need people to preform specific jobs like handling funds, legal issues, making meals, cleaning, care for animals, and writing speechs.

Darkar: There are many difficult choices to make ahead.

They converse for awhile before they have a list of jobs they need to help free up Darkar.
#28

darkar_shadowood_dup

Nov 27, 2003 23:33:26
Darkar: Perhaps I should go see Volos at the Silver Sword, he might need know where to find someone who is qualified to be a valet.

Silmarwen: Of course that sounds reasonable.

Darkar takes his leave of Silmarwen headed for the Silver Sword. Silmarwen heads to the Jackal library to do research into the other names mentioned in the letter they found at Quisicoth castle, as well as "The Maw".
#29

darkar_shadowood_dup

Nov 29, 2003 20:31:21
With the group finally dividing the treasure up from the keep. Darkar sets aside a portion to present to Lord Malifayer which includes.

Arcane Scroll of Protection from energy
Arcane Scroll Ray of Exhaustion
and 145gp

Also he includes a recommendation for Aric to join the Jackal order. He states that the large young man was resposible for a great deal of damage that they caused to the Demmonites and the undead within the courtyard. Aric has also expressed an interest in our order.

Then he sends for a runner to take these items to Lord Malifayer.
#30

darkar_shadowood_dup

Nov 30, 2003 19:14:21
Having some extra time Darkar heads over to the city guardhouse to meet with Captain Hunter.
#31

zombiegleemax

Nov 30, 2003 23:50:54
*walks to the Jackals compound with Kywyn*

*they walk into the building and to the clerk*

Excuse me. Is Darkar Shadowood here?
#32

darkar_shadowood_dup

Dec 01, 2003 0:08:00
The clerk looks up the pair and it takes him a quick moment but he remembers the pair from before.

Sir Darkar?

The clerk calls for a page.

Clerk: Will you see if Sir Darkar is in his quarters he has some guests to see him.

The page heads off down the corridor.

Darkar sitting in his room reading the reports and recomendations that has piled up hears a knock on his door. Putting a rather lengthy and long winded report about the advantages of chain armor over plate armor and making it standard issue for the Jackal.

Relieved for an interuption Darkar walks over to the door and opens it.


Darkar: Yes?

Page: Sir Darkar you have some visitors out in the lobby.

Darkar: Let them know I will be there shortly.

The page hurries off to let them know Darkar is on the way. Darkar in the meantime takes a moment to wash his face in the basin in his room so the strain of reading is not readily visible on his face. Drying his face with a towel Darkar pauses wondering why in the world he bothered to read that much of the report in the first place. Then he takes and puts on his cloak and heads to the lobby.
#33

kywyn

Dec 02, 2003 11:20:34
While waiting, Kywyn looks around the room, not really having seen this building before.

He talks quietly to NaShae, "While we have Darkar, do you think he would be interested in visitng your homeland?"
#34

zombiegleemax

Dec 02, 2003 11:24:21
*tilts her head*

We could always ask. And we did travel with him to his homeland. It may be possible, though with the Jackals in the state they are in, I don't know if he'll be willing to leave again so soon.
#35

kywyn

Dec 02, 2003 11:30:54
"That's a good point," Kywyn nods slightly.
#36

darkar_shadowood_dup

Dec 02, 2003 18:37:46
Arrives in the lobby and sees Kywyn and NaShae waiting. Slightly puzzled seeing them again this soon he walks causualy over to them.

Kywyn, NaShae how suprising to see you again so soon. How can I help you?
#37

kywyn

Dec 02, 2003 18:52:09
A flash. A vision brighter than Kywyn has seen since the forgotten mind warps in the Avowed. And clearer than those faint few he saw in the times before.

He is seeing through his eyes, but everything seems much larger.

"Ma, you're going to die someday, right? And grandma and everyone else... I don't want that," Kywyn hears a high voice he barely recognizes as his own say, "Why does it have to happen?"

"You think to much," is the only answer that comes.

The scene in Kywyn's mind changes and wanders to some other scenario, he is talking to one of his cousins.

"Why do I have to be different?"

The voice is slightly deeper, but still young.

"You think too much" is the reply again.

Kywyn looks up to see an emerald robed figure turning away.

He hears a child's voice again, realizing how much it sounds like his familiar Hex's mind voice.

"You always want to see the "why," the unifiying thread, the connecting line... What if there isn't one?"

The scene in Kywyn's wandering thoughts buzzes through images he must have repressed from the Avowed crucible of mystic evolution. They trickle into his consciousness slowly, as if not wanting to overwhelm him again.

Kywyn blinks back to see his own face, reflected in the surface of a wall mounted shield in the Jackal compound which tripped the phantasmagoria in the first place.

Not knowing how long he has been staring into the ornamental shield, Kywyn teeters a moment before walking back to NaShae and Darkar silently.
#38

kywyn

Dec 02, 2003 18:59:41
"The hour of Alissa's raising is midnight. Hermy wanted us to inform you," Kywyn says to the elf.
#39

darkar_shadowood_dup

Dec 02, 2003 20:05:02
You can expect to see me there then, that is good news indeed.
#40

zombiegleemax

Dec 02, 2003 20:17:01
*nods*

It is good news.

*tilts her head*

We realize that with the state of the Jackals, they need you here. But Kywyn and I have to travel to my homeland to bring the potion to save my mother. We had wondered if you wanted to travel with us.

*smiles slightly*

If you do not, we understand.
#41

darkar_shadowood_dup

Dec 02, 2003 20:34:53
Your are from where exactly, NaShae, I am afraid I do not recall if you have told me before it has been busy as of late.
#42

zombiegleemax

Dec 02, 2003 20:38:31
*she points oward the southwest*

That direction. A town called Ennorath.
#43

darkar_shadowood_dup

Dec 02, 2003 20:58:02
Ennorath.....

Mulls over it for a moment

Offically I really do not have the time, but perhaps there are those in Ennorath who might know who "Gaya Hoon" is or of the elven prophecy we heard when obtained the gem for Natala. If there was the potential for information it would justify the trip.

Though if things become overwhelming here, I am sure Silmarwen would love the chance to go see Ennorath. I do not think she has been there yet.
#44

zombiegleemax

Dec 02, 2003 21:09:45
*frowns and tilts her head*

I'm not sure if they would. If anyone does, the druid advisors would know.
#45

darkar_shadowood_dup

Dec 02, 2003 21:14:00
Druid advisors? Do you think they would allow an audience for the purpose of finding information?
#46

zombiegleemax

Dec 02, 2003 21:20:58
*shrugs*

I believe they would. They are the advisors for the royal family. But I think they would speak to another elf about a prophecy.
#47

kywyn

Dec 02, 2003 21:21:02
Kywyn stands beside NaShae, listening to her information about her home. He turns between her and Darkar as they speak.
#48

darkar_shadowood_dup

Dec 02, 2003 21:29:51
I can not absolutly guarentee that I will be able to go since a problem could come to me that needs my attention. However my advisor Silmarwen can go if I can not. You can count on at least one of us to accompany you perhaps both if nothing keeps me from going.
#49

zombiegleemax

Dec 02, 2003 21:42:12
*smiles and nods*

Thank you, Darkar. We appreciate your help with this.
#50

darkar_shadowood_dup

Dec 02, 2003 21:46:08
Not a problem, it is always a pleasure to help friends.
#51

darkar_shadowood_dup

Dec 03, 2003 12:31:22
After the farewells are made, Darkar searches and finds Silmarwen researching names that were mentioned in the letter they recovered hoping to put some meaning behind the names.

Darkar informs her of the converstation that he just had with NaShae and the invitation to accompany them to Ennorath. Silmarwen is excited since she has never been there, a new place to learn new things.

Darkar says he will be attending the ceremony to attempt to raise Alissa tonight at midnight. Silmarwen declines to go since she has been researching all day and needs to rest.
#52

kywyn

Dec 03, 2003 12:58:32
His thoughts now turning to seeing his son Dakarai again, Kywyn finds his heartbeat more palpable. It has been too long for them all to be separated. He knew Dak was in a safer place, but there was always a slim chance of something happening to him, and Kywyn or NaShae not being there.

Slim to none, Kywyn assures himself... less than a percent... less than half a percent...

But he realizes that is little consolation. That less than half a percent was the scariest thing in the world. He grasps that monsters and dragons and wars do little to shake him compared to the simple things, the real things that could break his world down. It isn't any of those lumbering behemoth threats that scare him, it's life.

He could have wandered in his dream, a reluctant darkness searching for meaning, and romanticize his melancholy. But inside Kywyn knows he should hold more than hiding from life behind his complex.

Kywyn darts out his hand, catching NaShae's.

"Where to now?"
#53

zombiegleemax

Dec 03, 2003 16:06:21
[FONT=century gothic]*wraps both her hands firmly around Kywyn's, sensing his uneasy thoughts*

*smiles softly at him*

[i]
We can go home or straight to the Temple. Whichever you prefer.[/i]

*walks with him out into the streets, then waits for his decision*[/FONT]
#54

kywyn

Dec 03, 2003 16:15:44
"How about the temple?" Kywyn thinks, "Save us some time, and we can always sit outside near the cemetery if we have to wait."
#55

zombiegleemax

Dec 03, 2003 16:19:59
*smiles softly, gazing at him*

That sounds like a perfect idea.

*raises his hand, moving her's slightly to lay a kiss on his gloved palm*

*leans in close to him and walks toward the Temple*
#56

darkar_shadowood_dup

Dec 04, 2003 0:04:01
Back in his room Darkar puts on his formal Jackal uniform trying to look as decent as possible, with his cloak on he walks over to the temple so as not to be late.
#57

da-_vane

Dec 05, 2003 11:05:47
The drilling of the new recruits continues throughout the week under Sir Gamis' watchful eye. He coveres everything the Jackals will need on and off the field of battle, as well as a few lessons that will come in handy should any member of the Jackals be forced into a unconventional scenario.

Everything from riding, archer, melee, troop formations, and marches is covered - with an eye towards both how to best use the tactics, and counter similar tactics of their opponents. They are trained to work together as a unit, and to assess and act alone should they be separated in battle.

Sir Da' Vane routinely swaps between learning new tricks taoguht by his master, and to teaching a few lessons of his own, under Sir Gamis' lead - the tactics of the Church Milita being his most common lesson.

However, the week isn't quite so mundane as all that - there are snippets of frivolity and friendly rivalry, as many of the sparring partners improve to the point where their outcomes are always exciting - and it is a relatively safe enviroment to try out new tactics and strategies in combat.

Archery is always a fun lesson - and while the longbow is most common, sometimes the crossbow or throwing knife is substitued instead, just to keep the recruits on their toes. Sir Da' Vane's rival, Jaegar, turns out to be quite adept with the throwing knife - and contantly shows the young squire up, before grinning at him wolfishly. Perhaps a talent gained from the thug's previous life on the street, no doubt. It is a shame that his expertise doesn't extend to the longbow as well.

Still, it's enough to rifle Sir Da' Vane's feathers - Jaegar is going to get his comeuppance soon enough. Sir Gamis has scheduled some bouts of sparring later on, with free choice of weapons as well. The young squire has become quite adept with the longsword and shield, as well as his greatsword. Let jaegar have his flail and throwing knives. Soon Sir Da' Vane will prove who is the better squire...
#58

darkar_shadowood_dup

Dec 06, 2003 20:11:32
Darkar does not sleep after returning after returning from the ceremony. He uses the time to get caught up on as much of his work.

Reports have been read and reponses that are needed have been sent. Once his room has been cleared of the scrolls and filed away for future reference. Darkar heads out of the market in search of fresh baked pies.
#59

da-_vane

Dec 16, 2003 22:28:15
Amidst the clashing of steel, and the sweat of the new recruits hard at training, Sir Da' Vane takes a break to speak to Sir Gamis. "Master Gamis?"

Gamis nods to his squire in acknowledgement, raising a finger to indicate 'one moment.'

"Less conservative with the swings, Numar; he'll wallop you if you're not a little more--yeah, just like that..." He watches as the recruit is tripped by his opponent and lies there spread-eagled and panting for a beat. "Alright, you two get a drink; take a break for a few."

He turns to Da' Vane and beckons him away from the pairs of sparring recruits. "What's on your mind, Da’ Vane?"

"I've been meaning to speak to you about the Eternal Flame, Master."

Gamis regards his squire for a second, then nods. "What do you want to know?" He backs up a few steps and sits down on a bench, indicating for his squire to sit as well.

Da' Vane follows his master's lead, sitting down before continuing. "I don't mean to speak out of turn, Master, but I don't think we should just be sitting here training recruits while the Eternal Flame are getting ready for some plan or another."

"Yes... But there are an awful lot of them, and the city is unprotected. You're right, though; it doesn't do a whole lot towards foiling them."

"I've been thinking about this a lot, Master, and we don't really have a lot of information about them. They could be amassing for an attack, and we wouldn't even know it. Worse, they could be here for a darker reason - a reason we may very well already be too late to prevent. While I don't mind training with the Jackals..." Da' Vane looks towards Jaegar, before continuing. "Well, some of the Jackals, at least. Anyway, we need to get some more information, but I don't really know where to begin. I wasn't there for the attack, but something tells me that there may just be a lead out there that will provide us with more insight to the Flame's goals in this region."

"The thought's crossed my mind, too," Gamis says, noting the glance at Jaegar. "But Lord Malifaeyr doesn't have much for scouts at the moment, and Hermy is still recovering, I imagine."

"I understand that, Master. But you were there for the attack, and there were others as well. Perhaps seeking out any survivors might bring some leads?"

"Well, there was the presence of the blood troll..." Gamis muses thoughtfully. "We had orcs prisoner for a short while but had to leave them when we withdrew, so there was a limit to what they could tell us. Cousin Natala and Minto were the ones who spoke with them."

"Perhaps the Orcs might have some clues, should we be able to locate them again."

Gamis chuckles mirthlessly. "It wouldn't be that easy, of course."

"But it is something. Perhaps talking to Natala and Minto might provide more information. What about the attack itself? I don't really understand what happened there, did the Flame just appear on your flanks?"

"No... Malifaeyr knew that the orcs were there in a fortress up in the mountains. He'd sent a party to scout it out earlier, and decided that they needed to be wiped out." Gamis settles his mail around himself slightly."Our task was to hold the pass so the orcs couldn't flank the Jackals. But we got more than we bargained for, as the Flame had apparently moved in since the scouts returned.
"Our first indication that anything was particularly wrong should've been the blood troll... They hadn't seen it when they scouted initially. She's terribly strong, demon-blooded, flighted, and wields the spells of a Darkfriend, besides her wounds healing themselves almost as soon as they're inflicted. But we didn't know just how wrong things were until Darkar and Kywyn showed up in our camp...
"So the troll was the only part of the Flame that I saw there. Darkar saw the dragons, some of their creatures, and their troops, I believe."


"Were you with the Jackals or with the SSAG when the Bloodtroll arrived, Master Gamis?"

"The Guild... We were all in the pass. The Jackals were marching towards the fort."

"And Darkar and Kywyn were leading the Jackals before they turned up in your camp?"

"Not leading... I'm not sure what Kywyn's role was with them. Darkar had been scouting for the main group, I believe."

"If some of the Jackals managed to survive, perhaps they might have some important information about the Flame."

"Malifaeyr had a lengthy debriefing for all of us who came back... I wasn't privy to his conclusions, though."

"Would it be possible to get an audience with Lord Malifaeyr at some point to ask about this, Sir Gamis?"

"I can certainly ask him," Gamis replies. "He'd likely grant it, too... Why the interest, Da’ Vane? Feeling restless with all this training?"

"Partly. Mainly it's because there seems to be something important here I can't place my finger on. The information about the Flame in the Southlands suggested that the group was dead - decimated even. Now either this is a new group with the same name, or possibly survivors who regrouped here in the north. Even worse, the Flame might be a worldwide organization that has been around for centuries. With their demonic allies, they may pose a threat far beyond what anybody could imagine. Evil is evil, Master Gamis, but I'd sleep easier if I knew more about the Flame."

Gamis nods evenly, silent for a moment. "I can ask Malifaeyr to speak with us, and I can talk to Hermy and see if he's up for it. He's by far the best person I know for being unnoticed."

"Aye and I'll try and follow up on these leads." Da' Vane thinks for a moment, before continuing. "Er, Master Gamis, can you tell me more about Kywyn? I only met him once - in the Last Lich Inn, and I don't want to jump to any conclusions, but his roll in this affair seems very suspicious."

"As far as I know him, he hasn't had interest in anything insidious. I think... He was there to help draw maps or something like that."

"Thank you for your time, Master Gamis. I appreciate your wisdom in this matter. I'd like to spend some time following up these leads if I may. Are NaShae and Kwywn still together, at the Last Lich Inn?"

"They're still together, but they don't live at the Last Lich anymore. They have an apartment in the halfling district. NaShae and I had a disagreement in the desert, though..."

"Oh, sorry to hear that. Perhaps it might be time to try and mend that relationship, for the good of the city?"

Gamis sniffs and shakes his head. "In her words, 'it doesn't matter.' If she doesn't care, then there's nothing to salvage. It's a deep break, along moral lines, Da’ Vane. But maybe I can get Kywyn to speak with you."

"How can I find Natala and Minto? While Darker and Kwywn seem like the more obvious leads, it would be folly to discount the Orcs, especially if the Jackal's failed to eradicate them. The Fort might be some sort of Stronghold for the Flame that the Orcs were guarding."

"Natala's at her store, most likely. Minto could be at the Silver Sword, watching out for Hermy."

"I assume Darker is around here at the Jackals most of the time, so I'll probably leave him a note, asking for a time to talk to him. I don't suppose there's anything else you might know that could aid us in uncovering the Flame's agenda?"

Gamis thinks for a long moment. "Further research into their attack on the Southlands might lead to something, but I think it would be a long shot. Most of our interest should probably be here and now, for the moment."

"I doubt that there would be much in some book that can be found in Garic's City, otherwise the Flame wouldn't have been such a surprise. Still, it's something to consider."

The senior paladin nods, looking over the class. "Looks like it's time to get back to work again. I'll try to see Malifaeyr or schedule a meeting with him after we're done; leave a note for Kywyn, then drop in on Hermy."

"Thanks, Master Gamis. I'll leave a note for Darkar, and try to find Natala and Minto." Da' Vane eyes the recruits around him, the seemed to have slackened during the long conversation. He smiles at Sir Gamis, and gestures towards the assembled trainees. "May I?"

Gamis' eyebrow perks slightly, but he nods. "If you wish."

Da' vane stands, tidies his armour, and then goes over and reaches for a pike. "Right, troops! Pike Practice! Get in formation!" Da' Vane then proceeds to lead the class, to the audible groaning of the class...
#60

zombiegleemax

Dec 16, 2003 23:28:45
In the afternoon, the class comes to a close, after they've worked with the polearms and finished the day by taking turns using the tower shields for exercises. Gamis calls it a day, and clanks into the headquarters.

Inquiring after Lord Malifaeyr, the paladin finds him to be busy and unavailable, so he writes a note.

Lord Malifaeyr,

I'd like to request a few minutes of your time for myself and my squire to speak with you, pertaining to certain unwelcome guests in the wilds and getting acquainted with them. We wait on your convenience, and will be here at the palace tomorrow to continue training. Many thanks, milord.

--Sir Gamis Pfaebinn

Leaving it, Gamis then clanks out of the Jackals' complex for the day.
#61

da-_vane

Dec 17, 2003 0:22:24
With the training session over, Da' Vane knocks on the door to Commander Darkar's office. After waiting several minutes, DV tries the hand to find it locked. Sighing to himself, Da' Vane scribbles a quick note and slips it under the doorway.

Sir Darkar,

Would it be possible for me to interview you regarding your involvement in the incident with the Eternal Flame, some time in the forseeable future?

I am trying to piece together what happened, and whether any leads can be found which refer to the current whereabouts and activitied of the Eternal Flame, since I feel they may pose a threat far beyond what we have seen.

Humbly yours,

Sir Da' Vane,

Squire of Sir Gamis Pfaebinn

#62

zombiegleemax

Dec 18, 2003 21:03:36
Gamis clanks into the HQ at his normal time, looking like he'd like to move faster but something is holding him back. He nods to people as he moves through the halls, seeking out the training grounds and his class.

"Good morning, recruits. I have something to take care of this morning, so I want you all to dress down from your mail and jog a circuit around the city walls; I'll be back soon." He fixes any recruit that groans with a look, then waves his gauntletted hand with an order to get moving, and seeks out his squire.
#63

da-_vane

Dec 18, 2003 21:11:06
Sir Da' Vane turns at the clanking approach of Sir Gamis, and lowers his greatsword down so that it's point rests on the ground.

"Master Gamis?"
#64

zombiegleemax

Dec 18, 2003 21:14:21
"Morning, Da'Vane. I asked Kywyn to meet us early this morning in the market, and I just gave the class something to occupy themselves with. So sheathe your blade and let's go." Gamis clanks on out of the Jackals', leading his squire.
#65

da-_vane

Dec 18, 2003 21:19:09
"Well, I was going to trya nd seek out Natalya and Minto today, to ask about the orcs, but I suppose thay can wait."

Da' Vane sheathes his greatsword, and follows Gamis to the Market Square.
#66

darkar_shadowood_dup

Dec 18, 2003 21:48:44
Returning to the compound Darkar finds that another pile of work awaits him. He works dilegently for an hour an then retires to trance before continuing the next day.

Silmarwen comes to see him early the next morning telling Darkar that she is not find much useful information and is considering other locations to check.

Darkar reads reports and reviews the new maps that their new cartographer has made of the areas around the fort since the previous ones were lost when Mardnab perished on the march.

He makes corrections that he has seen from memory noting where they attempted to cross the swollen river. Also noting that is near where the enemy ambushed them as well. After sending the maps back with the corrections, Darkar takes the rest of the day off to train before retiring once again for rest.

The third day he makes a suprise inspection in the armory inspecting the repair and upkeep of the limited amount of weapons and armory still in the armory. Darkar is silently impressed with the master-at-arms dedication to his work in the armory and lets the man know that his marks are good for the report.

Later that day a page drops off the new uniform that has been completed according to Darkar's new rank and takes the old ones only after Darkar has changed into the new one. Darkar stares at the helm with the horsehair out of the top.

.oO(What a strange part of the uniform, I wonder why we have it?)

Putting the helm on a chair in the corner Darkar continues with his paperwork. A knock on the door interupts him breifly, and when he answers a page indicates that twin boys dropped off a note for him. Nodding at the page he closes the door.

.oO(I forgot to go see Volos and I guess he sent the information to me.)

Opening the note he finds that Volos' nephew recently became of age to take on a job and has been studying to become a personal assistant. Jalen studied elven culture hoping to work with the elven ambassadors to the city and be there guides when here. However when Volos mentioned that Darkar was looking for a personal assistant he asked Volos to put in a good word for him.

.oO(I need to set up an appointment to interview Jalen tomorrow.)

Writing a note to Volos thanking him for his time and asks for Jalen to stop by the Jackals tomorrow for an interview. Calling for the page he sends the young lad with the note to the Silver Sword.

Not really accomplishing much work after that Darkar retires to the meditative tranch again for the evening.
(3 days down 3 to go.)
#67

zombiegleemax

Dec 19, 2003 18:19:49
Gamis and Da'Vane return to the compound while it's still morning and wait in the training field while the stragglers, and the senior paladin is satisfied to see even the latecomers breathing heavily from the run, their breath coalescing in the chill air before them. Pleased that they dutifully completed the run, he gives them a comparatively easy day of going through weapon forms, divides the class in half and stages a mock phalanx clash, and lets them go somewhat early, pleased with their progress. As they depart, he dismisses Da'Vane for the day and clanks home.
#68

zombiegleemax

Dec 20, 2003 20:50:04
As he enters the compound this morning, Gamis is promptly proffered a note, which he opens and reads. Nodding, he trots to the training yards and puts his class hard through its paces for the day, and isn't disappointed with the results. He lets them out at their normal time, then washes his face and freshens up a little, instructing Da'Vane to do the same, explaining, "Malifaeyr will see us this afternoon."

Then, squire in tow, he walks through the compound halls and knocks on Lord M's door. "Sir Pfaebinn and Sir Da'Vane to see you, milord Malifaeyr."
#69

darkar_shadowood_dup

Dec 20, 2003 22:03:12
As the hour for Jalen to arrive for the interview Darkar reviews mentally the questions that he has planned for the young man.

There is a quiet knock at the door.

Darkar: "Enter..."

Page: "Jalen is here for the scheduled interview."

Darkar: "Show him in."

A tall young man enters the room, not quiet as tall as Aric, Darkar notes but tall none the less. He moves slightly slower than one would expect from someone of his size, but his movements are sure and solid. His light brown hair is neatly cut and his brown eyes are bright and alert.

Jalen: Sir Shadowood, I presume?

Darkar: You are correct, Jalen is it?

Jalen: Yes sir.

Darkar: Please be seated.

Jalen has a seat directly in front of Darkar and though he sits taller than the elf he looks him in the eyes and awaits the interview to begin.

Darkar: Tell me Jalen what do you believe to be your greatest assests?

Jalen: I have a sharp mind that is always focused. My uncle Volos taught me that being attentive and alert leads to success. Also my attitude and nature allow me to get along well with other people rather well.

Darkar mulls over this answer a moment and then comes up with an interesting question.

Darkar: Describe the path that you took to get to my office in as much detail as possible.

There is a small silence as Jalen works to recall what just happened only moments before.

Jalen: The page took me left past the clerks desk down a corridor about twenty feet long. At the end of the corridor was a portrait of Lord Malifayer and a horse which was a chestnut mare. We then turned right down a short corridor that had four doors on the left. Two had visible locks and the others only had the door handles. Taking the third door with no lock we went down another corridor that ended in a round room with pillars supporting the archway as you entered the room. In the round room there were three doors. Your office is the door directly across from the archway.

Darkar nods at the correct information that is given. Then he continues with the next question.

Darkar: What have you studied and tell me what you excelled in?

Jalen: Do you want to know what I studied when training to become an assitant or all that I have studied?

Darkar: What you studied when you were training will suffice.

Jalen: I focused my studies in etiquette, linguistics, history, and nobility. I received marks of excellence with each due to my dedication and study.

Darkar concentrates on the information that is given him and continues asking questions learning detail. Finally after about an hour his questions are finished and he rises offering Jalen the job of his personal assistant. After accepting the pair begin discussing pay and duties of the job.
#70

darkar_shadowood_dup

Dec 20, 2003 23:14:57
After getting Jalen set up with a place to assist him and more knowledge about his job Darkar takes some time roaming about the compound. He watches Gamis and Da'Vane train the new recruits without bothering them.

Jalen works with the reports that Darkar assigned him to read and draft responses for and then leave for his approval.

Darkar returns to his quarters to finds a note that Silmarwen has left to visit the church of Thalos to attempt find if they know anything about the Maw or any of the name within the letter.

He has dinner at the mess hall and retires early for the evening. Darkar spends time writing about hiring Jalen in his journal and how the young man will help assist in freeing up his time by helping plan and manage his duties better and take care of tasks that can be delegated.
(Fourth day completed)
#71

codrian

Dec 21, 2003 9:47:55
[Removed for writing the end bit differently.]
#72

darkar_shadowood_dup

Dec 21, 2003 22:59:26
The next day Darkar introduces Silmarwen to Jalen. The meeting goes well and Silmarwen informs Darkar that it could take awhile to find any information about the Maw. However she will continue daily searching the library until she finds something.

Darkar and Jalen work on reports and paperwork. Around lunch Darkar takes a break and Jalen sends off the completed work. Darkar decides that the work load is under control for now and lets Jalen have the rest of the afternoon off.

He spends the evening quietly reading a book about past exploits of the Jackals learning more about the history and traditions.
#73

codrian

Dec 24, 2003 11:36:48
A day ago.

After the surprising meeting at Grathin's Wares, makes his way to the Jackal compound. There finds clerk's desk.

Excuse me, could you find out if Sir Kemeri was available for a meeting. Tell him that Mr Enelevin has returned.

Clerk: Sir Kemeri. And Enelevin? I will see to it. If you'd wait here for a moment.

Of course.

The clerk summons an errand boy and sends him to find out if Sir Kemeri is present. Few minutes passes and then Codrian is guided to a empty meeting room. There he waits for another couple of minutes and then Sir Kemeri walks in.

Kemeri: Good afternoon, master Enelevin. Quite quick mission, I see. It was only few days ago when I requested your help.

Yes, I'm back... but not everything I have to tell is good news.

Tells Sir Kemeri an edited version of the adventure, carefully leaving out pieces about Avowed's involvement. Explain's retrieval of papers by telling that found them from a pile of discarded equipment outside Benelvir's compound. Kemeri is obviously pleased when hears that the necromancer, Patkifen, is now dead. Soon after Codrian has told his tale, the meeting is adjourned and Sir Kemeri leaves to return the papers to where they were stolen from.

Leaves the Jackal headquarters and heads back to the boardinghouse.
#74

zombiegleemax

Dec 24, 2003 22:48:12
"Sir Gamis!" Lord
Malifaeyr declares with a smile, before turning to
acknowledge his squire as well.


"And... Da'Ve... no, Da'Vane. That's
it. Welcome to you both. Please take a seat, but feel
free to help yourself to the refreshments."


The lord directs them both to uphostered chairs,
and indicates a small table upon which is a tray of
smoked meat and bread, a bowful of dates, and a
pitcher with goblets.


"What was it you wished to see me
about?"
he asks.

"What can you tell me about the battle
in the pass, milord?"
Da'Vane answers
immediately.

Malifaeyr looks between the two, first to the squire,
then to the knight, raising one eyebrow.


"I would have thought Sir Gamis would
have told you,"
he says.

Nevertheless, he gives an account of that day as he
recalls it, including the attack that cancelled a
number of his defensive wards and the last painful
encounter with the dragon before he was forced back to
the city, where he spent too long recovering from his
injuries to return. He also relays what Darkar
reported of Allegion's fate, noting in passing the
loss of the Jackal colors.

When he appears to have finished, Da'Vane asks,
"Did the ambush come from where you were
expecting it?"


Malifaeyr's jaw drops for an instant, before he
replies.


"Is the concept of an ambush unclear
to you?"


"An ambush is an ambush whether
successful or not. It's the tactics of the ambusher
that makes it an ambush, not the reaction or
anticipation of the victim. Being aware of a trap
doesn't make a trap any less lethal - it just means
you have the option of avoiding or triggering it at a
time more beneficial to yourself."


"You speak as though your only goal
was to hear your own voice, and shame yourself
thereby."


"I spoke to sound my logic and my
thoughts on the situation, and the relevance of the
question I asked. But then, you are the politician
amongst us, m'lord, so naturally you would be better
with words than I. How else would you have reached
your role within the city, m'lord?"


"By learning when to keep my thoughts
to myself, young man. Consider that carefully.

"The Eternal Flame sent word when we ransomed their
prisoners, declaring the pass their personal
territory,"
Malifaeyr says with
distaste,
"and that they would
deal with all intrusion in the harshest of manners.

"Word of the situation has been sent to Reise, but
with the mines and pass out of use and so far from the
capitol, the response was disinterested, to put it
mildly. Father Thessle has informed me that the orcs
have been erecting a wall across the pass on this side
of the mountains. I have confirmed this fact, though I
do not know if there exists a similar barricade
blocking access from the other direction as
well."


"Perhaps it is possible to deal with the
Orcs,"
Da'Vane suggests,
"and try to gain their aid against the
Eternal Flame? By all accounts, the Bloodtroll seems
to have slain most of their leadership, and they may
resent being used as guards and lackeys. We might be
able to offer them some sort of deal - such as safe
passage to an area where the clan can stay in peace,
or even allow them to remain at the keep as long as
they remain non-aggressive against Garic's City and
the communities under it's control."


"That is an interesting
idea,"
says Malifaeyr,
"but it puts us in an awkward
position, since our original goal was to displace the
orcs from this pass. My duty to the fallen dictates
that I carry out that objective, and that leaves me
little room to bargain with orcs that could not be
honored. If such a compromise is necessary... then it
must be made, but it must be a last resort. It would
be better that I make no promises that lead to the
breaking of others, if such a fate can be
avoided."


"I understand m'Lord. Promises and vows
are very important and should not be broken if it can
be helped. Dealing with the orcs is merely an option
if all else fails."


Malifaeyr simply nods.

"I am afraid that my divinations have
revealed little,"
the lord admits.

"Had I more freedom to act, perhaps I
could learn more, but I am constrained by my position.
His Majesty had much to say about that in his letters
to me, chastising me for neglecting my primary duty.
He binds me to this seat of power, so I must find
other means, or provide such means to others not so
constrained.

"I do not know the Eternal Flame's purposes at this
time. They have been using the orcs as a workforce to
build the wall, though what use they have for them
beyond this I do not know. They have gone to too much
trouble just to acquire an army, and the region was
mined out years ago. The fort contains no secrets,
save those they have brought with them.

"Perhaps it is as simple as creating a base closer to
the city, but..."


He is silent for a time, then shakes his head.

"No, I don't know. It just seems
wrong. It is out of the way nowadays, and still within
three days of the city, but I get the feeling that
there is more to it than that. I have received reports
from the towns of armed groups passing through now and
then, but there have been no attacks since the battle.
In some ways, things are actually more peaceful since
they've taken the pass; the orcs are no longer raiding
the surrounding region, thankfully. There has been
some goblin activity, and kobolds are still a minor
nuisance in some spots, but neither of these seems to
be connected to the Eternal Flame's efforts.

"Sir Darkar was kind enough to capture a few soldiers
of the Flame for me, and while they aren't the most
cooperative of prisoners, I have still persuaded them
to tell me a few things. They'd been assigned to
escort one of their priests into the den of a renegade
Demmionite cult, seeking its treasures. Fortunately
for us, Sir Darkar found the prize instead.

"That matters less than the other detail they have
shared. It seems that before they came to the keep,
they had travelled from the pass into a desolate
wasteland, setting up camp for three nights before
they changed course toward the keep. Their commanders
informed them that this spot, which they named
Hardaja, was both holy and cursed, but they refused to
say much of it otherwise."


Gamis stiffens slightly at the mention of the word
Hardaja, but he allows Malifaeyr to continue.


"All that mattered to them is that
they were assured that there time there served the
Eternal Flame, and that it was not a comfortable place
to spend three days. Judging from what I have learned,
all of them had more than their share of nightmares
during their stay. Yes, Sir Gamis, you look like as
though you wish to offer a comment?"


The senior paladin accepts the invitation to
speak.


"Wasteland... Nightmares... Milord,
where is this 'Hardaja?' West of the city, near... A
large, round boulder growing out of the ground? I
think I may have been there on one occasion."


"That does not sound familiar, Sir
Gamis. I am told that it is more of a mound where the
earth swallowed an entire town. The place I am
thinking of is further to the south."


Gamis considers and nods as he recalls the details of his arrival there more carefully.

"Other than that, I have learned that the Flame has come from the west, somewhere beyond our borders. I've
conferred with the elves and sent word to the nomads
on our frontiers, looking for more information, but I
have learned nothing more from those sources that
would pinpoint their homelands."


"The question to be asked is 'Why does
the Eternal Flame need a base closer to the city?' At
this point we do not even know if the base is designed
to be close to us, but rather some other objective in
the region. Perhaps the passage of the armed bands
might tell us more?"


"If we could determine where they
were going, certainly, but with most of the activity
near the exit to the pass, we can't count on that.
Further away, the incidents have been less common and
don't seem to suggest any regular routes."


"On the subject of Hardaja,
milord..."
Da'Vane interjects,
"maybe we could find some insight there
as to what the Flame's agenda is. Perhaps they brought
something from that cursed place to the keep? It seems
strange for a group to simply stay in the wilderness
and then turn towards the keep, unless it serves as
some sort of initiation ceremony or rite of passage.
While the keep seems the logical place to get the
answers - it will also be the most heavily guarded.
Hardaja might be a softer target, and provide us more
insight into the Flame's plans for the region, without
requiring us to infiltrate the keep directly at this
time."


"Perhaps. I know that Sir Darkar's
aide, Silmarwen, has been looking for information
about that place. I'm sure she might appreciate some
assistance."


"The Flame seems to be quite imbedded
in the pass and the fort,"
says Gamis,
"and while I want to know what
they're up to as much as anyone, getting in there has
its own obvious problems.

"Maybe it would be worthwhile to go there again, and
try to see what those soldiers were doing there. If
others are needed to look into the Flame, I can also
try to talk to Hermy Woodhome and a new applicant to
the Guild and see how open they are to scouting the
area of the fort. I've no talent for stealth, so I'm
limited in what I can do for that mission. I can
climb, at least, if we end up going directly over the
mountains."


"A scouting mission could be
productive,"
concedes Malifaeyr,
"but Sir Woodhome's last mission into
the region did not turn out as well as I would have
hoped. That was likely my own fault for so badly
underestimating his brother's contrary nature. It
would perhaps be better that he pick his own
companions this time out, and a second group, led by
Sir Darkar, may be possible as well.

"As for the matter of investigating Hardaja, tread
carefully. The dead do not always give up their
secrets readily to the living, especially to perceived
enemies. How many were you looking to bring with you
to that place?"


"Four, possibly five. Silmarwen, if she returns soon enough. Otherwise, myself, Da'Vane, Dame Dyer, and Aric, the big fellow

Malifaeyr appears to review Gamis' selection and
reasoning carefully, then broaches the subject of
supplies for such a dangerous journey. Funding is
discussed, as are plans for getting scouts into the
pass to Hents Manavelins.

Before matters run too long, however, Lord Malifaeyr
looks up to see a page at his door.


"Sir Gamis, he says,
"Da'Vane, you shall have to excuse
me. I have an appointment to meet with several dwarven
elders, and they tend to be quite particular about
meeting exactly at the appointed hour. Thank you both
for coming."


He stands and comes around his desk to shake both
of their hands, before the page escorts both of them
out. Dwarves stand aside as they exit, and they can't
help feeling that they are being sized up as they
pass, before the group enter Malifaeyr's chambers,
where rumbling words are exchanged in a tongue known
to neither Gamis nor his squire.


The brief appointment with Malifaeyr adjourned, Gamis and Da'Vane leave the office, digesting its results. The senior paladin dismisses his squire for the day, and makes his way home.
#75

darkar_shadowood_dup

Dec 25, 2003 23:37:43
Opening up his office Darkar finds a note from Da'Vane squire of Gamis.

.oO(Ah Da'Vane, I have not seen him since he helped us take down Hermy's witch, that albino elf.)

He reads the note and then heads to where Gamis has been training the new recruits.
#76

da-_vane

Jan 08, 2004 15:34:23
Sullen at the wasted time after the meeting, Sir Da' Vane returns to the Jackals and trains the new recruits some more leading up to the holiday festival. Morale drops quite low among the new recruits as the relentlessly go through drills chanting their new motto - "Evil doesn't stop for the holidays"

Sir Da' Vane pays little heed to the low morale, telling himself the recruits will thank him for it when they finally get back out on the field of combat. However, he does manage to capture the eye of Jaegar who seems to be displaying his displeasure at the new regime rather more physically - resulting in more students leaving sparing practice with cuts and bruises when pitted against the competent fighter.
#77

zombiegleemax

Jan 08, 2004 22:38:20
Gamis enter the Jackal compound mounted on Valor, getting down in the stables and proceeding to the training grounds and his assembled class. Looking them over and nodding to his squire, he speaks.

"We're going outside the city again today to work with lances, so requisition some rations for lunch and prepare your tack. Inspect it carefully this time," he advises, not looking at the squire who got dragged, but seeing him go red to the roots out of his periphreal.
#78

da-_vane

Jan 08, 2004 23:13:53
Following his master's lead, Sir Da' Vane mounts on his horse, a chestnut brown yearling stallion from the Jackals stables. The young steed is nervous at being ridden, this being the first time for the animal.

Luckily for the mount, Sir Da' Vane has had a little experience with horse during his life, and has learned to treat them with care and respect. He looks the horse over, caressing it's muzzle gently and briefly showing unusual tenderness from the usually gruff paladin.

Da' Vane goes over to Gamis and speaks quitely. "Master, is it all right if I spend a little time to break my steed in before we start with the heavy drilling? I don't think it quite up to full combat jousting just yet."
#79

zombiegleemax

Jan 08, 2004 23:20:51
Gamis double-takes at the sight of the horse, and answers his squire.

"I should think not; he's still a baby. He's barely old enough to be saddled. What's he doing out here already?

"Did the Jackals lose so many horses that foals are being pressed into service?" he mutters softly.
#80

da-_vane

Jan 08, 2004 23:32:42
"I honestly couldn't say, Master. But it appears so. It is also appears to be the only one available and the youngest of the bunch."

Da' Vane looks over at the young mount, who appears to be nervous, but not quite skittish.

"Look at him, Master. If that mount was a person, you'd almost think he was excited."
#81

zombiegleemax

Jan 08, 2004 23:44:10
Gamis sighs, scratching behind his ear. Then he steps over to the sorrel and strokes his neck as he looks him over. "Hey, there, youngun," the paladin says to it, gently scratching his whithers and back.

"He's a strong one, even at this age... But he's still a colt, and not nearly ready for jousting, or any form of combat. He'll tire out faster than the older ones, even with just riding. Looks like he's dealing well enough with the early start, but you still need to take it easy with him. Valor'll take you when you do some lancing yourself, and this fellow can take a breather in the meantime."
#82

zombiegleemax

Jan 08, 2004 23:44:10
A few paces away, Valor nickers softly and gives himself a full-body shake.
#83

da-_vane

Jan 08, 2004 23:59:56
"As you say, Master. I'll take special care of him. I think he deserves a name - a special name. What do you think would be appropriate, Master?"

At this, the young animal snorts and stamps it front hooves a little, before imitating Valor. Some of the other recruits watching the scene step back, shaken out of their smirking at the exchange.

Da' Vane breaks out in a rare smile. "Aye, that's the spirit. I know, I'll call you Courage. What do you think, Master?"
#84

zombiegleemax

Jan 09, 2004 0:05:51
Gamis chuckles, sensing an uncle-ish feeling of feigned annoyance from his horse as the gray destrier folds one ear back and looks at the colt. "I think that'll do nicely."

He double-checks the saddling work of the other recruits, then steps up into Valor's saddle.

"Alright, recruits, mount up and let's go."

Gamis leading the way to the north gate, the class carrying blunted lances left over from the tournament, heading out into the countryside.
#85

da-_vane

Jan 09, 2004 0:08:12
Da' Vane follows Master Gamis, leading rather than riding Courage thorugh the hard city streets.
#86

da-_vane

Jan 10, 2004 4:13:44
Before leaving for his lodgings at the Church of Agathalos for the evening, Da' Vane takes the opportunity for more bonding by grooming and rubbing down Courage.

"Did you enjoy that, big fella? Did ya?"

Da' Vane rubs the back of Courage's neck, and Courage gives a pleasurable whinney.

"Heh, I knew you were special, Courage. Tomorrow, I'll see about taking some time out to ride you some more outside the city. And let you have a run around the training paddock. I think the class are using bows here, so we'll be alone."

Da' Vane reaches to pick out the stallion's hooves, and Courage seems to respond naturally by picking them up for him.

"If I didn't know better, I'd almost say you've already been trained."

After picking out the first hoove, Courage stamps it a bit and raises the second, without prompting.

"In a few years, you'll be a proper Paladin's mount. How'd ya like that then? You'll be just like Valor - big and strong, jousting, and all that. You'll be the best horse in all the land!"

Da' Vane slips the horse a carrot as a treat, tying back the stallion's black mane, before stabling the young steed.

"Good night, Courage. I'll see you in the morning!"

Da' Vane leaves the compound and heads home to the Church of Agathalos...
#87

zombiegleemax

Jan 10, 2004 20:11:40
Gamis peeks in on Da'Vane quietly for a second when he goes to care for Courage, and nods silently to himself, pleased with what he sees. He then surveys the training grounds for a few moments, thinking over how far the class has come and how far they have yet to go.

He clanks towards his horse and swings up into Valor's saddle, leaning forward and scratching his shoulder as the destrier clops out through the doorway between the training grounds and the stables, ambling through towards the city streets. Valor nickers, then walks on, his partner twisting at his gauntlet as he sits astride him on their way back in the direction of the Guild.
#88

da-_vane

Jan 13, 2004 15:23:24
Sir Da' Vane enters the Jackals compund early in the morning, and tends to Courage.

"Heyas, boy! How you feeling today? You up for a ride in the countryside. Well I call it countryside - that training field has been getting pretty churned up lately."

Courage nuzzles Da' Vane, in what can only be classed as friendly recognition because the steed hasn't eaten his nose yet.

"Whoa, fella. Not so fast - I got to sort out some things first before we can make a break for it."

Da' Vane fills up Courage's feed bag with some oats before slipping on the placid horse.

"Tuck in, and I'll be right back to take you for a ride."

Da' Vane slips off, to fins something to leave a note behind for Gamis.

Dear Master,
I have taken Courage to the training paddock outside the city, to give him some more riding training.
He is coming on very well - I've only had him a few days, and he can almost read my mind. I would swear that he's already been trained. Still, a bit more exercise will help build him up.
Anyway, I simply left this note so that you can find me if you wanted me.
Your humble servant,
Sir Da' Vane

Da' Vane tacks the note up onto the noticeboard, where it will attract Gamis' attention, and picks up some riding gear before returning to Courage.

"Come on then, you big softy! Let's get you out onto that field where you can put all that energy to good use."

Da' Vane slips the harness onto Courage, and leads the magnificent stallion out into the streets of Garic's City...
#89

hermy_the_hero_dup

Jan 25, 2004 14:12:48
*Hermy enters the compound and dismounts. He gives his dog the customery pat on the head and scratch behind the ears.*

"Stays here's. I needs ta go finds out who I needs ta talks to about who Ise suppose ta start training."

*Major nods at Hermy and moves to a spot against a wall and lies down.*

*Hermy sets off down a hallway and stops the first person in a silly hat he sees.*


"Hey. Hi. Is Darkar or Gamis here? Ise lookin fer who evers in charge."

*The man looks at Hermy and then points further down the hall.*

"Sir Shadowood is currently on a leave of abscense."

"And Sir Phaebinn has left for the day. I think you'll want to speak to Sir Kemeri ."

"Down this hall, to the left, and then the fourth door down on the left."


"Thanks."

*Hermy starts heading away and then stops to watch the Jackal walking away.*

*Hermy shakes his head, before continueing on.*


.o0(He's to loud. I don'ts thinks I'll be training that guy.)

*Hermy reaches the door he was directed too, and knocks.*
#90

hermy_the_hero_dup

Jan 25, 2004 21:05:43
"Come in!"

*Hermy opens the door and waves at the man sitting at the desk behind a stack of paperwork.*

"Hey, hi. Are you the guy in charge?"

*The man looks up.*

"Lord Maelifaeyr is in charge. I just help run keep things organized."

"I'm Sir Azad Kemeri."

"You must be Sir Woodhome. I've been informed you might be coming."

"I'm very sorry to hear about your wife. As a general rule Jackals are encouraged to avoid attachments like that to avoid such situations.

"It must be very hard on you."


"It is. But Ise ready ta start getting overs it now."

"That is good to hear. We could use your help. Dame Shala has been missing for sometime. And we are very short on skilled scouts."

"That's why Ise here. Ta train ya some new ones."

"Yes. I have a few prospective men for you to look over." Sir Kemeri hands a thin stack of papers to Hermy. "I believe these men might be useful for the task out hand."

*Hermy looks at the papers and shrugs.* "It's kinda hard ta tell. Anyone cin be quiet when you reads about them."

"Ise gots this book of my dads that tells a story about a knight that snuck into a castle..."

"Yes, yes..."

.o0(I believe I was warned about his tendancy to ramble.)

"Those are their resumes. You will still want to check them out in person of course. You are the expert after all."


"Yup. I is."

"I thinks I'll read these afters I sees the peoples. It'll saves some time."

"That is your perogative of course."

"You will of course want to at least read their names so you will know which men to look for."


"Well I suppose I coulds, though I'd think if I could finds them just by reading a peice of paper that they aren't really scouting material ta start with."

"Again, it is your perogative."

"Is there anything else you will need?"


"Well I'll needs yer permission ta let the mens not wear their uniforms."

"It's hard ta be sneaky when yer clothes make you stands out likes a sore thumb."

*The knight fights off the urge to roll his eyes.* "Of course. While they are traing they will not be expected to wear the colors of the Jackals."

"Oh, then cin wear the colors, just not the hats."

"Yes, or the hats."

"Is there anything else?"


"Well, I'lls be able ta take them out of the palace area won't I. They'll needs ta learn ta hide in more hidable places."

"Of course.... Anything else?"

"Well, would it be allright ifen I tooks them to a bar or something likes that? Ya cin learn a lot of stuff there ifen ya listens. Minto finds all kinds of interesting gossip when he goes a drinking."

"If you think it proper."

"Well I'll has ta wait until I see ifen theys good enough ta learn something like that."

"Wise choice..."

"... yup."

*Hermy waits for the Jackall to ask if there is anything else, and the Jackal waits until Hermy is done asking for things.*

*It isn't a long wait until Hermy speaks.*


"Well I'll get right on it."

"Thank you."

*Hermy turns and exits the office, and starts down the hall.*

.o0(Well I'ds better start looking for these guys Ise suppose ta train.)
#91

hermy_the_hero_dup

Jan 25, 2004 22:40:14
*Hermy stands at the door of the trainingroom and watches as an armored Jackall practises his fighting techniques.*

.o0(Nope, too clanky.)

*He looks at another knight and shakes his head.*

.o0(Too shiney.)

*He focus on another and rolls his eyes.*

.o0(Why is they all wearing theirs heavy armor? Even Gamis takes his off sometimes. An he's a paldim.)

*He turns away and starts walking away.*

.o0(Hows I suppose ta finds out which guys is quiet ifen they won't stop clanking.)

*Hermy glances down at the paper in his hands.*

.o0(Hmmm, maybe theys already goods enough that I needs the paperwork ta finds them.)

*Hermy reads the name off the first sheet.*

.o0(Hmmm. this guy don't sound to bad. He's spent a lot a time out in the wilderness. I'll finds this Zenobia first.)

*Hermy reads as he heads towards the stables.*

.o0(It says here that he likes ta spends time with the horses in th... wait, he's a she. I'd better pass on this one.)

*Hermy starts to scoot the paper to the back of the stack and then stops.*

.o0(Alissa was a girl too. An ya can't finds any one as brave or as good as her.)

*He places the paper back on top and continues towards the stables.*
#92

hermy_the_hero_dup

Jan 26, 2004 0:33:46
*Hermy enters the stables and stands in the door as he watches a young woman moving among the horses.*

*He closes his eyes and tries to figure out where she is moving to next.*

*He hears her approaching him, and opens his eyes.*


"Hey, hi. Not too bad. I coulds hear you coming but that was only cause all the hay on the floor is kinda dry."

"Ifen this stable was a street I might not a heard ya coming."

*The woman looks the halfling up and down.*

"You must be that halfling whose going to be training the scouts. Sir Hermy?"

"Yup. An you must be Zenobia."

*She nods.*

"Are you the same Hermy in all those songs?"

"Most likely. Theres only two of us."

"Are you as good as the songs say?"

"It depends on which song. But pretty much."

*Hermy blushes slightly.*

"Ise tolds youse kinda sneaky. At least this paper says so."

"Are you intrested in scouting fer the Jackalls?"

"It's why I joined."

"Good. I'll be starting some training tomorrow afternoons."

* Zenobia nods.*

"I'll be there."

"Good. I hopes I don't see you."

*Hermy turns around and waves before exiting, leaving the young Jackall scratching her head.*

.o0(Well that's one. Ise only got six more papers.... That aint a lot of scouts.)
#93

hermy_the_hero_dup

Jan 26, 2004 1:08:25
*Moving on to the next name, Hermy heads for the kitchens.*

.o0(Seems like a silly place ta finds a sneaky type, but I guess ifen a girl cin be sneaky so cin a cook.)

*Hermy enters the kitchen and looks around.*

"Is there a Tybalt Tellet here?"

*One of the cookies points to a small man busy peeling potatoes.*

*Hermy thanks him and approaches the man.*


"Is you Tybalt?"

*The man nods but doesn't look away from his task.*

"That's me. You're the new stealth trainer?"

"Yup. How did ya know?"

"You made it this close to me before I noticed."

"Not many people around here can do that."


"Well cooks aint known fer being quiet."

"Nor are knights. You aren't a Jackall are you?"

"Nope. I'm a Silver Sworder."

"Strange to find you in the Jackall compound then."

"Not really. Wese been asked ta help train all you knew recruits."

"An it aint no stranger then finding a knight peeling taters."

"It's what happens when they find you trying to sneak out of the compound without permission."

.o0(He can't be that sneaky if he got caught. I guess I'll have to pass on him. No need ta be rude about it though.)

"So they caughts ya tryin ta sneak out then? Why? To go drinking or something?"

"Coming back from drinking actually."

"I thoughts peeling taters was the penalty fer sneaking out?"

"Well the penalty for sneaking in is a lot worse. I'm not about to correct them."

*Hermy smiles.*

"Be in the courtyard tomorrow about noon. I think I mights be able ta use you."

*The man nods and continues working. Hermy walks away and out of the corner of his eye catches a sly grin growing across the man's face.*
#94

hermy_the_hero_dup

Jan 26, 2004 1:26:06
*Hermy continues down a hallway, reading one of the sheets of paper in his hands, and bumps into a man coming the other way.*

*He starts to apologize.*


"Sorrys about that. Ise wasn't paying attention. I must not a heard ya comin or somethin like that."

*The man nods.*

"No harm done."

"Thanks... You wouldn't happen to know where I coulds find Enialis Meliamme would you?"

*Hermy glances down at the paper quickily.*

"He's an elf."

*The man points in the direction he came from.*

"I just saw him in the mess hall, not five minutes ago."

"Ok, thanks."

*Hermy starts to head down the hallway and then stops.*

.o0(I didn't hear him coming.)

*Hermy turns around.*

"Hey! Wait! What's yer name?"

*The man stops and faces Hermy.*

"Harvan... Harvan Arrill."

*Hermy shuffles through his papers and pulls one to the top.*

*He smiles.*


"Be ats the traing place tomorrow abouts noon. I'm gunna train ya ta be a scout."

*Harvan nods and salutes bedore turning back and continuing down the hallway.*

*Hermy goes the oppisite way, sniffing the air to find the smell of the mess hall.*


.o0(Might as well eat while I is here.)
#95

hermy_the_hero_dup

Jan 26, 2004 1:43:52
*Hermy enters the messhall and gets in line for a tray of food.*

.o0(This definetly don't look as good as Volos cooking. I mights have ta suggest them getting a new cook... It's easier ta sneak when yer tummy aint rumbling.)

*Hermy takes his tray and looks for a seat. He spots an elf eating and heads towards him.*

"Is this seat taken?"

*The elf looks up and smiles.*

"It will be once you sit down."

"Thanks."

*Hermy takes a bite of his carrots and smiles back at the elf.*

"You wouldn't happens to be Enialis Meliamme would you?"

*The elf shakes his head, and points to the back of the messhall at a very angry looking elf.*

"That's him over there? Why do you ask?"

"I needs to talks to him."

"Good luck."

"Thanks. Sorry about not staying, but Ise gots official buisness an stuffs likes that."

"I understand."

*Hermy gets up and approaches the other elf.*

"Is this seat taken?"

*The elf shrugs.*

"Ok, thanks."

*Hermy sits down.*

"Yer Enialis Meliamme aint ya?"

*The elf shrugs again and shovels a spoonful of stew into his mouth.*

"Ise Hermy Woodhome."

*The elf takes another bite of stew, but otherwise doesn't respond.*

"I'm gunna be training the new scouts."

*Hermy is met by silence again.*

"I gots a paper here that says youse pretty quiet."

*The elf looks up briefly and takes another bite.*

"Ise you?"

*The elf shrugs.*

"Well shows up at the traing place tamorrow around noon. I'll be doing a few tests ta see if yer..."

*The elf nods and gets up and hastily makes a retreat from the room.*

.o0(Ok, Well he certainly quiet as far as talking goes.)

*Hermy finishes his food and then shuffles through his papers again.*

.o0(Only three morews guys on the list.)
#96

hermy_the_hero_dup

Jan 27, 2004 21:07:56
As he starts heading out of the messhall, an idea stikes Hermy.

He heads for the table with the talkative elf.


“Sorrys ta bug you again, but I’m suppose ta finds a few more peoples.”

“Ya wouldn’ts happen ta know where I cin finds, um,” Hermy looks over the names on the papers he has in his hands, “Berril Farrgut, Tovias Handle or… Hanse .. Hey! I knows him! He was my first student at being steathy at the Silver Sword!”

The elf smiles. “It’s not a bother. I suspect you can find Sir Farrgut in the smithy. He fancies himself to be a bit of weaponsmith.”

“Sir Handle… most likely in the library.”

“As for your former student, Hanse… I don’t think I’ve seen him around.”

“You must have trained him well.”


The elf chuckles, Hermy smiles back.

“Yeah, I musta. I aint seen him in months.”

Hermy nods at the elf.

“Thanks fer yer help. It’ll be a lot quicker ta finds these guys now that I knows where ta look.”

”Always a pleasure to help out such a respected man such as yourself Sir Woodhome.”

“An it’s a pleasure ta be helped.”

“Well I better finds these other guys first. Hanse might takes me awhile.”

Hermy waves and makes for the smithy.
#97

hermy_the_hero_dup

Jan 27, 2004 23:11:06
*Hermy enters the Jackal's smithy, and immediately tries to wipe the heat from the forge away from his face.*

*He stands at the doorway, and yells in.*


"Hey! Hi! Is there a Berril Farrgut in here?"

*The three men working the forge look up. A broad shouldered and heavily bearded man steps forward.*

"Aye! That's me. Whose asking?"

"Sir Hermy Woodhome. I hears yer interested in being a scout fer the Jackalls."

"Ya heard wrong."

"I did?"

*Hermy looks over his papers again.*

"It says here that you was a scout until right before the ... until the last battle."

*Berril takes another step forward.*

"I was. That's why I'm not interested."

"Oh.... Are you sureabout that?"

*The man takes off his apron and steps outside the smithy.*

"Listen... Sir Woodhome ain't it?"

"I was there at Hent Manavelins. I was scouting one of the flanks, looking for an orc ambush when the dragons swooped in."


"Oh, well, I guess that was pretty lucky for ya, I slew a dragon once..."

*The man interupts him.* "Nothing lucky about it at all. If I was lucky I would have been there. I might have made a differance. I lost a lot of close friends there. Men I might have been able to save."

"Or at least die at their side like a man."


"Dieing aint lucky. I knows a lot of people who has died. It's nothing to look forward too."

*The man shakes his head.*

"Neither is looking forward to a life of knowing you hid when your friends were being slaughtered."

*Hermy nods.*

"Well here's your chance ta makes up fer that. I'm gunna be training the new scouts ta takes back up there..."

"Oh, I'll be going back up there. But with the soilders. With my friends."

"I'm sure they'll be time..."

"Don't bother. I won't hide from anything again."

"Can't very well scout withput hiding, now then can I?"


"Well, no, but.."

"I wish you and who ever you take with you the best of luck. But I won't be going."

"I'm having a new suit of plate made up. With the names of my fallen comrades etched on it."

"I'll be wearing that the next time I go up there."

"And I'm sure you know how loud plate can be."


"Yeah," *Hermy frowns.* "Well if you change your mind, I'm sure there will be room for you."

"I won't be changing my mind."

*Berril nods and the returns to the forge.*

*Hermy shakes his head before heading away.*


.o0(Well I cin still get six scouts trained. With them an the sneaky Silver Sword guys there might be enough of us.)
#98

hermy_the_hero_dup

Jan 28, 2004 0:08:28
*Hermy makes his way to the library, and enters. He looks around at the rows of books and smiles.*

.o0(I wonders ifen my dad wrote any of these?)

*Hermy's eyes fail to find anyone in the library, but his ears are more fortunate.*

*The sounds of snoring cut through the library.*

*Hermy follows the sounds to a table at the back of the room where a Jackall night in full uniform ihas his head buried in a book.*

*He appears to be drooling in it.*
#99

hermy_the_hero_dup

Jan 28, 2004 0:14:37
"Excuse me... Sir?"

*Hermy taps the man on the shoulder. The man groans and swats at Hermy's hand put does not open his eyes or lift his head.*

*Hermy taps a little harder.*


"Hello. Hey. Hi."

*The man still does not stir.*

*Hermy sighs and leans in close to the man.*


"HEY! WAKE UP!"
#100

hermy_the_hero_dup

Jan 28, 2004 0:24:10
*The Jackall bolts upright, and trips over his chair.*

*He starts falling towards the ground..*


.o0(Not very alert, or um well balanced.)

*But before the man hits the ground, his dagger is out, and he rolls away from the table, his eyes focused on Hermy..*

.o0(Well once he's awake his reflexes aint to bad.)

*Hermy waves at him.*

"Hey. Hi. Are you Tovias Handle?"

*The man puts his dagger away but doesn't take his eyes off the halfling.*

"That I am, sir."

"And whom would I be speaking too?"


"Hermy Woodhome. I'm the Stealth Instructer."
#101

hermy_the_hero_dup

Jan 28, 2004 0:43:51
"So they've given up on Dame Shala have they?

"I don'ts know. Ise the Silver swords steath guy."

"Ah, I believe I've heard Sir Phaebinn speak of a one of his men coming to help with the scouts."

"A fine knight, Sir Phaebin. It's a shame he hasn't joined the Order."


"Yeah, he is a good knight. He looks good in the armor. Not very sneaky though. But he's a paladim. Ya gots ta expect that."

"A knight does not need to be sneaky."

"Well Ise a knight, an Ise sneaky."

*The man looks shocked.*

"You? A knight?"

"Yup, I got knighted the same time Gamis did. An Darkar. An Durin. An Mary Ale got dameded."

"Ise not sure why Minto didn't get knighted, but..."

"Fascinating. You must be the Sir Hermy the Red. I've heard of you."

"I was expecting someone a bit taller."


*Hermy shrugs.*

"I was hoping to be a bit taller."
#102

hermy_the_hero_dup

Jan 28, 2004 1:26:58
*Tovias returns to the table and picks up the book he was sleeping in.*

*Hermy catches a quick glimpse of the title. "Tactics and Strategy."*


"Is that an interesting book yer reading?"

*The man hands it to Hermy.*

"Very much so. All knights should be versed in it."

"I could barely put it down."


"I noticed."

*Tovias reddens slightly.*

"Ah, well..."

*Hermy smiles and hands the book back.*

"It's probably more focused on the loud clanky type knights."

"Not the ones who knows how ta scout an stuff likes that."

"Ya really can't learns sneakiness from books."

*Hermy looks down at his papers.*

"Though ya cin sometimes reads about people whose sneaky."

*Tovias raises his eyebrows.*

"I take it, that my name is on that paper."

"Yup."

*Hermy holds the paper out for Tovias . The man takes it and begins reading.*

"It says that while you mights makes a decent infantry guy, yer also very lights on yer feet. And observant."

"I aint so sure about that part. Ya won't last long ifen it's that hard ta wakes you up."

*The Jackall reddens again.*

"Ya don't sleeps so soundily while on duty do you?"

"Most assuridily I don't."

"I had guard duty last night, and I was trying to brush up on my tactics to impress Sir Phaebin."


"You'd impress him more by getting some sleep."

"An it aint him you need to impress. It's me."

"Youse been recommended fer the scouts."

*All hint of blushing leaves Tovias's face.*

"The scouts? I'd rather not. I'm a calavaryman, as was my father, and his father before him."

"Um, it says in the report that your dad was a woodcutter."

*The redness returns.*

"Well yes. To make ends meet between wars."

"An that yer allergic to horses."

"A true mark of a knoght is to overcome all obsticles before them."

"Well then you'll makes a great one sometime."

"Cause I really don't thinks Gamis will let you rides into battle with him ifen you keep sneezing so hard you fall of yer horse every time ya try ta charge."

"That's a big obsticle."
#103

hermy_the_hero_dup

Jan 28, 2004 1:39:23
"..."

*Hermy smiles.* "Why does you want to be a knight anyhows?"

"To do my duty to lord and land."

"Ya don'ts has ta be in the calvary to do that."

"At least I don't. Ifen you heards of me, then ya musta heard hows I saved the city a few times."

"I've heard a few rumors."

"An Ise lived a few rumors."

"I cin rides when I needs to. But mostly I does my city savings on foot."

"You don't scouts from horses very often. An ya get ta be the first to encounter the enemy."

"Scouts is the first line of defense against the bad guys."

"They does their duty to lord an land just as much as calvary guys do."

"Maybe even more so."
#104

hermy_the_hero_dup

Jan 28, 2004 1:49:47
"That may be true, but I would prefer to fight honorably."

"Sneaking around, sniping and backstabbing is not honorable."


"Dieing cause you fall of yer horse aint honorable either."

"I suppose you coulds be a infantry type guy if ya really want too."

"They's pretty honorable. Drilling, an marching in groups an taking orders an stuffs likes that."

"It's honorable."

"Not as exciting as going out an surviving on yer own skills though."

*Tovias sighs.*

"You make an interesting case."

"Ise an interesting guy."

*Hermy smiles.*

"Ise not promising you you'll makes it as a scout. So far you aint been the most impressive guys Ise seen."

"But ifen ya shows up tomorrows at the trainin yard around noon, we'll sees ifen you cin make a better one."

*The jackall nods, Hermy nods back.*

"Makes sure ta get some sleep first. I don'ts want you falling asleep while youse hiding somewhere. As hard as it is to wakes you up, we mights not evers finds you."

*Tovias reddens yet again as Hermy turns around to go find his last prospective student.*

.o0(Hanse is gunna be hard ta finds. I'd better go try the obvious places first, cause he knows that's where I'd be least likely ta look.... Unless he forgots everything I taughts him.)
#105

zombiegleemax

Jan 28, 2004 11:56:27
The padded, mostly harmless blade in Gamis's hand moves up to his shield and launches back the other sword locked briefly across it, making the recruit he's sparring with stumble back a step, though he regains his steadiness quickly--a feat the paladin notices, but perhaps Roy expected to catch him off guard as he rushes in, shield forward and shoulders locked steady. He earns a stinging slap to the calf with his teacher's sword which seems to make him stumble and enfeebles his attempt to drive Gamis back. "What did you do that for?" he asks as his armored legs tense and he pushes Roy back where he was. "Did a chasm suddenly open up behind me? Did you need to push me in range of a polearm back there?"

"No, sir," Roy responds, not leaving his ready stance and refusing to let the hit affect him. Instead he comes forward again, seeking a bind between the two swords and attempting to spin Gamis's out of his gauntlet. He earns a hilt strike to the inside of his upper sword arm, then the momentum of his attempted disarm is turned against him. The recruit's sword bounces once and lays still on the ground. Gamis sighs.

"Too much flair; way too much flair, Roy. Save it for later, when you've earned your coat. Now pick it up, and focus on parrying for now."

The paladin's swings at the recruit are almost indolent, which turns out to be his aim. Roy regains a little respect as his shield moves quickly enough to recover after a feint and stops Gamis's sword on its way to cracking him across the thigh. He's quick enough to turn and follow when the paladin sidesteps, though he catches the sword wrong on his shield this time and is staggered for just a moment, rocking back to his heels before one foot shoots backwards to steady him. But it makes his shield dip just enough for a thrust to slide inside his guard, his recovery deflecting it away from the center of his chest and Gamis's control stopping it in time to give Roy quite a firm poke under his collarbone that might have pierced him completely at full speed.

"Better, Roy," Gamis says as he reels back again. "Defense is your strength right now; I can feel it. Focus on that, then you can learn some flair. If it's brute force you want, too, see me later for that, but take a breather for now." The recruit salutes and steps away, finally starting to favor the leg that was struck during his bull rush. Gamis moves to the next student, this one a bear of a man, gripping a greatsword two-handed only because there were no padded greataxes.

"I could've pulled that disarm off on him, you know," Jaeger, sitting on a bench and oiling the chain of his flail, says to Roy as he sits at the other end and massages where Gamis's guard dug into his tricep. Roy turns his face to look at the other Jackal, eyes down, tattoo curling up to his ear and jaw and stretching out of sight into his collar, the faintest smirk on his countenance and the winter sun gleaming on his shaved head. Roy is immediately caught between his admiration of the more expert warrior, disdain at his attitude, and caution of his potentially viscious wrath.

"You've got that," Roy offers neutraly, indicating the flail. Jaeger smiles and twists it, moves it overhand in a lieusurely arc downward, the chain slowly wrapping around his own left wrist and the ball tapping against his skin. He pulls it back, unreeling the chain from his arm and rubs the oil left behind into his skin.

"I guess I do."

Feeling justified enough to try to take a chip off Jaeger's arrogance, "And I wouldn't necessarily count on it; he ripped that sword out of my hand like it was nothing," says Roy.

"Well..." the tattooed man says in a voice somewhere between easy silk and frozen honey, "Maybe it is nothing." He stands and walks away from the bench to a corner of the yard, twirling his flail liesurely as he goes, to practice with it more when he reaches his chosen spot. Roy does not look at him, and instead rolls the shoulder of his shield arm.
#106

codrian

Jan 30, 2004 15:13:15
Earlier today, during the afternoon.

Prepares for the lesson in fighting skills by applying heavy layers of padding to halberd's sharp parts. Then spends few moments in half-meditation while waits for his instructor and opponent to arrive.

Ten minutes passes and no one enters one of smaller training rooms. His thoughts start to wander while waiting patiently for Eln Daswen to appear.

.oO(I've stayed too long put... drifted into tedium of settled life, like all the people I've seen on journeys. They are happy, but unhappy at the same time. They have accepted the false fact of impossibility for change.

They trust to preordained fate.

They trust that change will not happen.

They trust that with that they will live a better life.

I shall not become one of them.)

Jumps to his feet while spinning around with halberd's padded blade whistling through air. The blade stops with cloud clack and Codrian backpedals away from the man who blocked the strike with his padded sword.

Both men bow and then regard each other.


Eln: "Well met, Mr Enelevin. I assume you are ready for today's lesson."

Well met, master Daswen. Yes, I am ready.

Eln: "Do you know that or do you think so?"

I'd like to know, but alas I can't say that.

Eln: "Very good. You will know when you know. You need to concentrate more. Like you were casting one of your spells in the heat of the combat."

Yes.

Eln: "What did you eat for lunch?"

Wha...

*thud* [OOC: 4 points of subdual damage.]

Ooow...

Eln: "Never let your attention to stray when you have an armed opponent nearby. Now, shall we see what have you learned?"

Nods and empties his mind of stray thoughts.

Eln and Codrian start to circle each other slowly. Suddenly Eln launches his attack, slashing and jabbing with the padded sword furiously. Codrian whips his halberd from one position to another to parry them all save but one which he avoids by tumbling to side.

While he uses a fraction of a second to get his bearings, Eln is already beside him and Codrian avoids getting hit only by diving past Eln's off hand side. But then his luck ends and he feels the heavy swat of the padded sword striking his back. [OOC: 5 points of subdual damage.] Rolls to his feet and spins around to face Eln, who whirls his weapon back to his main hand.


Eln: "Never assume anything in the battle. You would be alive but bleeding steadily to death."

Eln speaks this while he radiply closes the distance once again. Codrian faces the attack with calmness that just seems to flow to himself from somewhere. Two or three of Eln's strikes come within inches of hitting but even these the half-elf avoids with surprising ease.

As the mock fight wounds on, Codrian starts to get tired and his breathing gets more like gasping. Feeling his strength and speed slowly ebbing, he is eventually unable to dodge Eln's backhand slash. The padded sword thuds to Codrian's temple and his staggers and drops down to knees. [OOC: 10 points of subdual damage.]

Holding the halberd at mid-shaft, shakes his head to clear away spinning lights from his eyes. Blinks and sees Eln rushing towards him like an opponent who is coming to finish his enemy. Whips the halberd around on a wide swing at Eln's kneecap level, while with left hand works through motions for a simple spell.

Binds together strands of magic and directs the spell with his mind. Shouting an arcane word of power, a sudden confusion appears on Eln's face before the fighter blunts the magical attack without breaking a stride.

But the spell serves its purpose and distracts Eln for a miniscule amount of time. The fighter starts to jump over the halberd blade but is too late and the blade strikes his ankle, disrupting the jump and he lands with grunt of pain.

They stop the fight to that and then Eln proceeds to guide Codrian through moves with the halberd. And teaches rudimentary sword-fighting skills to the half-elf as well. Leaves the Jackal barracks feeling battered and barely able to stand. Wobbles off towards the boardinghouse.
#107

hermy_the_hero_dup

Jan 31, 2004 2:56:42
*Hermy makes his way back through the halls of the compound.*

.o0(Ifen I was hiding here in the Jackal compound, an I didn't want me to find me, where woulds I be? hm.....)

*A smile crosses Hermy's face.*

.o0(I'd never even think of looking there!)

*Hermy breaks into a fast jog as he heads for one of the bunkrooms.*

*He enters the room without knocking. Several of the men give him a disaproving glare but Hermy shrugs it off and starts inspecting the bunks.*

*He finds who he is looking for in the seventh bunk down.*

*Hermy taps the sleeping man on the shoulder.*


"Heya Hanse.You didn't think that I'd think that you'd think I wouldn't think of looking here did you?"

*The young man in the bed opens his eyes and blinks a few times.*

"Hermy?"

"I was right, You didn't think that I'd..."

"What are you talking about?"

"About how good yer getting at this hiding thing. Not good enough ta out wits me though."

"Hiding thing?.. I'm just trying to get some sleep. I pulled a double guard duty last night."

"If I was hiding I wouldn't do it in my bed would I?"


"You woulds ifen ya was trying ta hides from someone less skilled then me."

*Hanse shakes his head.*"Are you always this confussing, or just when I need sleep?"

"Ise a master of being sneaky. Ise always confusing."

"I don't doubt it.... ummm, just what are you doing here anyhow? I know the Silver Sword is helping train the newer recruits like me, but if I recall you aren't much of... You're traing the new scouts aren't you?"

*Hanse sits up in bed. Hermy nods.*

"Yup. Ise training the new scouts. So I guess you'll finally get ta finish yer lessons with me."

"Say, whatever dids hapen with that girls dad? He didn't kill you I' guessing."

*Hanse shakes his head.* "Ah, what?"

"Last times I saws you you was trying to avoid that girls dad. You remember. The one you was spying on?"

*Hanse blushes.*

"Oh, that... I joined the army that went to fight Kahn's forces. He wasn't going to go after me with a couple hundred armed me guarding my back if you know what I mean."

"After that, I worked a bit for various people, and then when I heard the Jackal's were recruiting I signed up."

"I used you as a referance. I hope you don't mind?"


"Of course not. Compareded ta the students I gots now... Well there aint no comparision. I aint never had to worry about you burning down the guild."

*Hermy looks around the room and finally notices that he is keeping several of the men awake blushes.*

"Ummm, I'd better let you guys get some sleeps."

"Hanse, I wants you ta join the scouts. Yer a natural fer it."

"If yer interested. be at the training grounds tomorrows at noon."

*Hanse smiles back.*"I'll be there."

*Hermy nods and then waves as he leaves the bunkroom.*

*He yawns as he leaves the compound, and heads home towards the Silver Sword Guild.*


.o0(I'd better get some sleeps too. I don'ts wants ta falls asleep while Ise training thems guys. Especially not on the first day.)
#108

hermy_the_hero_dup

Feb 01, 2004 23:21:23
*Hermy and Minto return to the compound around noon and find the six prospective scouts waiting for them.*

*Brief introductions are made, and a game of hide and seek begins.*

*It doesn't take long for Hermy to find them all, but against each other they all do fairly well. After everyone has had a turn at being "it", teams are choosen for a game of flag capture.*

*Hermy's team, consisting of Tovias, Harvan, and Zenobia wins three out of five times,. Minto's squad, Enialis, Tybalt, Hanse, and of course Minto win the other two. But only due to Enialis.*

*After the fifth match, Hermy dismisses the scouts and he and Minto prepare to leave.*


"So whats did you thinks of them?"

"I think you put me with the unsociable guys on purpose."

"Well of course. Ifen I had put you an Tovias tagether we could have heard you too talking about hats from ten miles away."

"Putting him with you didn't seem to stop that. You might want to tell him not to hide in the stables. Enilias found him everytime do to the sneezing."

"I'll tell him."

"I'll also tells Hanse an Tybalt ta stop trying ta show off fer Zenobia. They made it to easy fer her ta find them."

"Ya didn't tell them about the other way of training did you?"

"I might have mentioned it. But only to tell them that wasn't how you were going to be training."

"Did Enialis ever say anything?"

"No, I was very tempted to open his mouth to see if he even has a tongue."

"He didn't even comment on my joke about the elf and the gnome at the brewery."


*Hermy chuckles.*"That's a good one."

"How did your guys do?"

"Not as good as I had hoped. Harvan moves quietly but he isn't very patient. And Zenobia aint got the sharpest eyes ever."

"And Tovias?"

"I don't think he really wants to be a scout. We mights have to cut him."

"An thats too bad. Hes got great reflexes. Just no discipline."

"I got that impression as well."

*The two halflings leave the compound. Talking as they go.*

"So the next practise is going to be tomorrow night? What are we going to do tomorrow?"

"Sleep. Cause tonight, I think I coulds really use a drink or two."

"Teaching is harder work then I thoughts."
#109

hermy_the_hero_dup

Feb 04, 2004 0:27:59
*The Jackall's new scouting instructer gathers his recruits at the gate.*

"Ok, today, er tonight wese gunna try something new."

*Hermy holds out a sheet of paper.*

"Ise gunna show you all this map I mades. An you needs ta try ta memoryizes it."

"And then meets up at the place where the big "X" is in the morning."

"But not befores then. Ises hads a few members of the Silver Sword out an abouts hunting fer ya. An ifen they catches you, then ya has ta come back here. An ya won'ts be allowed ta join the rest of us fer breakfast."

"An believes me, the breakfast I has planned is a lot betters then what you'll gets here."

*Minto gives Hermy a quick look before nodding in agreement.*

"Ise also gots a few things hidden around town fer ya ta find. An fer each one of these..." *Hermy holds out a discarded roof shingle with a red "H" painted on it.* "... ya finds, I'll sees ifen I cin get yer commanders ta gives ya extra days off from yer regular duties."

*A few f the scouts crack smiles at the idea.*

"Ok, I hopes ta sees ya in a few hours."

*Hermy grins.*

"An I hopes ya don'ts sess me before that."

"Allright, gets out there."

*[i]The six scouts exit the compound and dissapear into the shadows.*

*Minto looks at Hermy.*

"A few members of the Silver Sword?..."

"Yup, me an you."

"Thats a few aint it?"

*Minto shrugs, and then the two wait for a few minutes before heading out to find their students.*
#110

zombiegleemax

Feb 21, 2004 17:54:25
*Aric enters, and goes up to the front desk*

"Hi...do you know where I can Sir Gamis Pfaebinn?"
#111

shatteredtower

Feb 21, 2004 18:42:25
"He is pretty busy right now," Aric is advised, "Perhaps it would be best if you told us where he might find you when he is available?"
#112

zombiegleemax

Feb 22, 2004 21:31:14
"Yeah...at the Silver Sword Adventurers Guild."

*Aric nods, and turns to leave, but turns back to the clerk*

"I really need to see him, it's very urgent. Please."

*Aric sets his jaw firm, and will not move until he sees Gamis*
#113

hermy_the_hero_dup

Feb 24, 2004 21:04:27
*Sir Hermy Woodhome rides his dog into the courtyard followed by a young man, Tiv the stablehand of the SSAG, and a horse with a pack saddle on it.*

*Hermy catches the attention of a Jackal squire walking by and calls him over.*


"Coulds you finds someone ta tell the scouts wese leaving now?"

"Ummm, that would be Zenobia, Tybalt, Tovias, Harvan, Enialis, and Hanse."

"I needs them ta assemble here for a briefer."

*The squire nods, and runs off to find messangers.*

*Hermy turs to Tiv.*


"Thanks Tiv. You shoulds get back ta the guild now. You know how dangerous them chickens cin be without proper supervision."

*Tiv laughs, salutes and then laughs even harder.*

"See you soon Hermy. I'll keeop Majors food dish full."

"Thanks."

*Tiv exits the Jackal compound and Hermy waits for his troops to arrive.*
#114

zombiegleemax

Feb 24, 2004 22:19:07
Hanse slid off his bunk, pulled on a winter coat, and picked up his backpack which clanked. Better do something about that.. or someone might hear me coming.

After quickly adjusting the contents, the young man headed out to the courtyard.

Hanse yawned broudly as he decended the steps.

"Good afternoon Hermy," the trainee called.
#115

zombiegleemax

Feb 24, 2004 22:26:12
Originally posted by Aric
"Yeah...at the Silver Sword Adventurers Guild."

*Aric nods, and turns to leave, but turns back to the clerk*

"I really need to see him, it's very urgent. Please."

*Aric sets his jaw firm, and will not move until he sees Gamis*

The clerk's eyebrows climb a little, and he catches sight of the note still in Aric's hand. "May I...? Ah, I see. Alright, no problem; wait one moment." He calls a name up the hall, and a squire comes trotting up. "Please inform Sir Pfaebinn that there's someone to see him." The squire nods and heads off down the halls, returning a few scant moments later.

"Right this way," the squire says to Aric, and leads him through the compound, out into the training yards where Gamis stands at the head of his class, the trainees in ranks before him. The paladin smiles and waves to the giant, clanking over to shake his hand.

"Aric! Glad to see you got my note." He looks his friend over once. "New armor?"
#116

hermy_the_hero_dup

Feb 24, 2004 22:26:56
*Hermy waves at Hanse.*

"Hey! Hi Hanse. Hope yer ready fer an adventure."

"The rest of rhe scouts aint here yet. But they should be soon."

"I hope they don't take too long. The sammiches are getting stale."
#117

zombiegleemax

Feb 24, 2004 22:28:49
*Aric smiles, and warmly shakes Gamis's hand*

"Yes sir, it was one of the treasures taken from the undead fortress, along with this new axe."

*Aric holds up his new axe for Gamis to see*
#118

zombiegleemax

Feb 24, 2004 22:35:47
"Magic?" he asks softly, examining the weapon. "Excellent. Miri's just recently enchanted a new sword for me." He slides the blade out of its sheath slightly, then slips it back in its place. "I keep thinking that if I ever get a two-handed weapon, an axe like one of yours would be a good choice."

He makes a gesture that takes in the arrayed Jackal recruits. "This is my class Lord Malifaeyr has me training. Recruits, this is Aric, friend of mine from the Silver Sword. If you ever want to learn how to handle an axe right, he's your man.

"Da'Vane's working with that horse today, or else I'd introduce you to him..."

Gamis instructs the class to open with some sparring while he clanks over to one of the benches, beckoning Aric to follow. "You remember that pit we pulled Redrik out of, of course..."
#119

zombiegleemax

Feb 24, 2004 22:40:15
*Aric nods slowly*

"How could I forget..."

*Aric remembers the many near-death experiencing that he, and his comrades incountered*

"Why?"
#120

zombiegleemax

Feb 24, 2004 22:48:06
"Well, I need to go back there... The Demmionites your group captured at the keep? It seems that they visited the place for a short while before continuing to where you caught them, and they're from the same group we were fighting up in the Pass. Hermy's going to be able to scout the Pass more directly, and since I can't help in that regard, I want to find out why they went to that pit--seems it's called Hardaja, by the way.

"So I need to go back. Miri will be coming, and probably Da'Vane. I'd like to have Darkar's friend Silmarwen along, too, since I hear she's a pretty strong priest. And I'd like to have you along, as well. You've been there, too."
#121

zombiegleemax

Feb 24, 2004 22:52:55
"Thank you for the invitation."

*Aric remembers Silmarwen's healing abilities*

"Yes...Silmarwen is quite a powerful healer, we were saved by her powers many times at the undead fortress."
#122

zombiegleemax

Feb 24, 2004 22:59:07
"And there should be plenty more in Hardaja. Miri's been stockpiling some healing potions. I haven't seen Darkar to talk to Silmarwen; I think they're still out of town. So we can just get equipment together and bide our time a little before we leave.

"We can count on you going with, then?"
#123

zombiegleemax

Feb 24, 2004 23:03:22
"Yes, you most certainly can."

*Aric clasps his hand, and then looks over at the new recruits*

"Any of them look promising?"
#124

zombiegleemax

Feb 24, 2004 23:09:36
"Quite a few," Gamis replies as he returns the clasp. "See the one with the shaved head? Jaeger. He's the most skilled, but his temper and arrogance worries me and Da'Vane and him don't get along well at all.

"There's Roy..." He indicates the wiry young man with unruly, straight red hair, putting up a terrific defense against his partner. "Definitely improving. Looking like he'll be styled like Darkar and Aria, except for using two weapons.

"Gustaf there reminds me of you in a lot of ways." He lifts his chin at the burly recruit wielding a greatsword against his own shadow, training himself for speed.
#125

zombiegleemax

Feb 24, 2004 23:13:07
"Interesting..."

*Aric makes a mental note to speak to Gustaf sometime, and compare styles and techniques*

"So when will we head off?"
#126

zombiegleemax

Feb 24, 2004 23:15:32
"When we find out if Silmarwen or anyone else will be joining us. I can come and find you at the Guild when we'll be leaving within a few days or so.

"Until then, I think the class wouldn't be adverse to some pointers from you on two-handed weapons."
#127

zombiegleemax

Feb 24, 2004 23:27:00
*Peaks around the corner of the back stable door in attempts to sneak up upon Hermy*

.oO(mmm... too much damned hay.....but not worse than pine needles)

*Slowly goes around corner and slinks into shadows and goes forward with his attempt*

.oO (mmm IMAGE(http://koti.mbnet.fi/antiqser/smilies/kuvat/thinking.gif) )

*watches the diffrent beasts of burden shifting weight between their feet. Continues on syncronizing his steps with the animals.*

.oO ( lets let him hear this[
#128

zombiegleemax

Feb 24, 2004 23:46:23
*Aric smiles, a little nervous, but sets his jaw into a determined grimace*

*He turns to the recruits, and looks at them all over*

"My name is Aric, and I've been asked by Sir Pfaebinn to instruct you on weilding two-handed weapons, or your weapon two-handedly."

*He looks at Gustaf, and Gustaf gives back a look of respect, knowing that he can already weild his sword fine, but well still participate in the lesson*

"Step number one, hold your weapon with both hands."

Quietly: "That's why it's called using it two-handedly..."

*He watches them all grab their different weapons with their hands, some more awkward then others, but doesn't seem too difficult for the most part*

"Once you've got a firm grip on the handle, take your weapon and hold it behind you, and swing forward..."

*Aric shows a few strokes with his axe, and it seems very basic, and the recruits dont seem very impressed*

*He then proceeds to show all sorts of flowing techniques that don't seem possible with the heavy axe, going from low to high, side to side, and in diagonal arcs*

*This definitly impresses the recruits, especially Gustaf, and he watches with an intent willingness to learn*

"Now go to the practice dummies and start with some basic swings."

*He watches them for a few minutes, going to each of them individually, making sure they are getting the basics, and he chooses to go with Gustaf last*

*Aric shows him more advanced techniques, such as an upper-cut strike, followed by a downwards strike to the head*

"The first one is to slice the body, or cleave your entire way through...the second strike is to crush their skull. This can be used in reverse, either way is fine."

*Aric sees Gustaf's look of bewilderment, and smiles*

"Sorry...too much at once. Just work on the first strike for now, and take your time."

*Aric watches Gustaf for a few more minutes, helping him work on his technique, and then tells him to continue on*

*Aric goes back to where Gamis is standing, and puts his hand on his shoulder*

"I don't know if I was cut out for teaching Gamis..."
#129

hermy_the_hero_dup

Feb 24, 2004 23:50:36
*Hearing something snap behind him, Hermy winks at Hanse and bends over to grab a clump of dirt.*

*Hanse has no clue why he is winking, he can't hear the footsteps.*

*He waits until he hears the footsteps getting closer, and then turns around, quickily identifying the sneak as Harvan, and flings the clod at his chest.*


"Heh! Yer lucky I aint an orc. ^Ya made enough noise ta wake the dead. "

"Not that thats very hard. I gots a lot of expeirance with dead people. And they don't sleep as soundly as you'd think."
#130

zombiegleemax

Feb 24, 2004 23:51:14
"It's tough to do, and worrisome. But we know our stuff, Aric, and you did good. Any time you want to come back... Might have you working with a newer group, though, since this one's pretty much done with ground-based melee and I'm moving them more and more into cavalry.

"That's a good lesson, though." Gamis smiles.
#131

zombiegleemax

Feb 24, 2004 23:55:00
"Thank you..."

*Aric looks back at the group, then to Gamis*

"I think I'd better get back to the guild...I'll wait for further notice from you there."

*He smiles to his old comrade, and shakes his hand*

"Bye Gamis."
#132

zombiegleemax

Feb 24, 2004 23:55:55
*looks at the few small peices of dirt that managed to attach themselves to his sleeve with contempt*

Of all the snapping in all of this stable....you pick out my snapping? An what was the clod for?

.oO (oh bugger.... he doesn't hear me in the hall when I'm walking along like any normal person. But he hears me when I'm trying not to be heard ...lucky he's on our side.

*Flicks off the rest of the dirt scornfully and steps forward and snaps into a salute*

Harvan reporting Sir Hermy.....what did I do wrong sir?
#133

zombiegleemax

Feb 24, 2004 23:55:57
The paladin inclines his head, shaking Aric's hand again. "See you later, Aric."
#134

hermy_the_hero_dup

Feb 25, 2004 0:11:41
"You didn't do nothing wrong."

"I caughts ya cause I did somethin' right."

"No matter how perfects you is, sometimes someone else is more perfect."

"Lucks a big factor in things."

"Thats why wese gots to do our best ta get the luck on our side."
#135

zombiegleemax

Feb 25, 2004 0:21:09
*Carrying his things, Tovias nears the gathering and drops his things neatly next to the horse before sneezing and standing in front of Hermy.*

*Fights a sneez again, sneezes, gets a hold of himself, and finally speaking up...looking down at the much smaller, much shorter halfling.*

"Tovias Handle reporting for duty Sir, fully rested and ready to sneak like a true knight!"

*Sneezes again.*
#136

hermy_the_hero_dup

Feb 25, 2004 0:25:37
*Hermy smiles at Tovias.*

"Goods to hear yer well rested."

"Yer gunna needs it."

"This aint gunna be an easy mission, an I aint gunna take it easier on none of you."

"The bad guys won't so I don't want you guys getting use to it."

*Hermy takes the reins of the horse and leads it twenty feet further away from Tovias.*

"You'll get no special treatments from me."
#137

zombiegleemax

Feb 25, 2004 0:38:30
*Sneezes.*

"I am fine...*sneezes*... around the hourse, sir. I can handle it, just need to get... *sneezes*... used to being around her."

"You are absolutely right, a knight needs no s-s-s-*sneezes*-special treatment, and that includes me."
#138

hermy_the_hero_dup

Feb 25, 2004 0:42:42
"And you aint gunna get any. Lord Malletfur don't want me to baby his men an I aint gunna."

*Hermy pulls a handkerchief out of his pocket and hands it to Tovias.*

"Youse got a boogy."
#139

zombiegleemax

Feb 25, 2004 0:49:57
*Embarassed, he reaches for the hankerchief. Unfortunately he sneezes again and where it went before it was gotten by the 'kerchief is now a mystery.*

"I'm ok."

*Wipes his nose.*

"So long as when we're sneakin' around we don't have to be around any horses we're ok."

*Goes to sneez again, this time fighting it with a tremendous effort. This causes a very bizzar twist of looks in his face before he breaks the sneez and realizes he is being watched.*

*Comes to attention once more.*
#140

zombiegleemax

Feb 25, 2004 0:55:54
Hanse scratched his head. "So... what kind of heroes' welcome should we expect when we return?" the young man said with a mix of humor and sincerity.
#141

hermy_the_hero_dup

Feb 25, 2004 0:57:02
"The horse is just here ta carry things to where wese going and ta carry peoples back."

"We'll take turns leading it."

"Well except fer you Tovias. I didn't bring enough handkerchiefs fer that."

*Hermy picks something out of his hair and flicks it to the ground.*

"As soon as Zenobia, Enialis, and Tybalt get here we'll head out."

"We'll try to get there pretty fast, but Ise gunna wants ta test youse guys a bit on the way."

"Maybe has you do a little hunting while wese moving. Hunting an scouting is kinda similar."

"Ise got sammiches ta eat as we walks today, an some beans we cin cook up tonight when we stops to camp. But we mights want somethin ta go with the beans."
#142

hermy_the_hero_dup

Feb 25, 2004 1:01:12
"An as fer a heroes welcome... Well since wese going to bring back Eric from the Last Lichs wife, he'se gunna throw as a bit of a party."

"Not too much of one though."

"Just a few free drinks, an food."

"But thats more then you usually get for heroicx deeds."

"Mostly the reward fer them is the feeling you done the right thing."

"An likes I tolds you before back at the Guild, helping a family get back together is the right thing."
#143

zombiegleemax

Feb 25, 2004 1:10:00
*Nods.*

"I feel very important to take on such a deed. Family is a value worth protecting, indeed."

*He says with an air of nobility, then almost sneezes but catches himself with a grimmace.*
#144

zombiegleemax

Feb 25, 2004 1:30:43
"Gesundheit," Hanse said quickly to Tovias.
#145

zombiegleemax

Feb 25, 2004 11:07:45
Eniallis knocks softly on the doorjam of the stables to declare his presence and stands with the other scouts, pack on his back and swords sheathed on either side of his belt without uttering a word.
#146

zombiegleemax

Mar 12, 2004 12:44:56
Gamis stands alone in the Jackal training yard late in the afternoon. Da'Vane and his class is dismissed for the day, and he has the yard to himself as the recruits have gone for drinks or food or rest. The wind, cold and brisk but not strong, tugs at the hem of his cloak and blows the vapor of his breath backwards against his face and over his left shoulder. His eyes are closed and his gauntletted hands hang loose at his sides while the wind polishes his cheeks and nose to a slight red. The lowering sunlight's warmth is fading from his perception of it in his hair and on his face, and his second skin of leather and enchanted steel is getting chill to the touch.

He emerges from the standing meditative state and flexes and stretches each of his hands once, then curls them into fists and flexes his arms at the armored elbow, then at the shoulder, each successive stretch raising more noise from his mail. He rolls his neck in a circle to the left, then to the right, then lets it drop forward so his smooth-shaved chin rests against the upper edge of his breastplate, then back so the short-cropped back of his skull rests against the neck guard. Then his head comes back to center upright and his eyes close, like he's dropping back into the meditation again, except he can feel his energy awakened and ready.

His eyes open as his legs shift, lowering him into his combat stance, and his right gauntlet goes for his sword at his hip. The blade sings its metallic rasp as it slides from the scabbard, then is silent, the rigid construction of guard and grip making no sound, any that would be there overshadowed by the shifting clanks of his mail as his arms, shoulders, and hips move.

The sword, gleaming with magic and patterned like a woman's straight, flowing hair, cuts the chill air with a heavy swoop. Gamis's left shoulder dips and his shield swings into place while he follows the slash with another against the air in front of him, then a thrust followed by a pommel strike as he steps in and around. Keep the blade moving, don't stop the weave, let the blue steel move in a sure, strong, fast pattern and spill a sudden, ragged, red patch of blood... The words play through his mind as he obeys them, mixing that pattern and preventing predictability, putting his full intent to strike, end the fight quickly, batter at the defenses until they succumb, into each choice of where the sword is going to go.

When he ends, his skin feels cold and slightly itchy from the exertion and his chest and abdomen fill and empty steadily. Grass is trampled by his boots and steam flows from his nostrils in regular intervals. The sword rasps again as it slides back into its place at his waist and his shield clunks as it settles to its own spot over his shoulder. The paladin closes his eyes for a moment again, repeats the flexion he performed at the opening of his exercise, then sighs and turns to go.
#147

zombiegleemax

Mar 18, 2004 1:00:56
The training yard is its familiar confusion of impact and jockeying as Jackal recruits spar in pairs. Contrasting their green livery and aggressive motion is their instructor in blue, moving among them and watching, giving comments, nodding and moving on to another pair.

The class's hulk, Gustaf, has gained the nickname "Urs" with a few recruits and it's starting to stick with the rest of them, too. He's taking up his share of the yard quite well with his partner, who is stubbornly deflecting attacks with his shield despite the wear that's starting to show on him from the exercise. Gustaf's axehaft proves not to be as effective at stopping hits, but you could hardly tell from the way he accepts each strike that slides inside his guard. "Just remember that the real thing makes you bleed, Urs," Gamis advises him. "It wears you down faster. Very good shield-handling, Collin. Carry on."

Roy is enjoying himself, and his partner Gere is getting frustrated. The latter's sword can't seem to hit the former. His aim is good, but the redhead is proving to be just too nimble. Much to his credit, Gere purges the anger and smiles fiercely instead as he continues to poke at the bobbing, weaving, and psycheing Roy. "Hold still, you damn wriggly brat!" he demands. Roy merely grins and tries to riposte.

Jaeger is muttering goadingly while Gamis is out of earshot to his partner. Their shields are proving adequate to stop most attacks, but Jaeger's advantage and the insults are starting to wear on the other man, Sturl. His face is reddening around an impressive moustache for such a young man, but thus far he hasn't gotten sloppy.

"C'mon, Sturl, aren't getting tired, are you? Oughtta spend more time with your girl and get that spring in your step, if you know what I mean. Oh, wait, you wouldn't, would you... Ask your mum sometime. She'll tell you everything she learned from me."

"Go to hell, Jaeger," Sturl snarls, making his first reply since the nagging started.

Jaeger's reply is swift, and it would be apparent that he's been waiting all along for this moment. His practice flail wraps around Sturl's ankle, and he yanks. The moustached recruit goes onto his back, hard, with a whoof. The tattooed one leans in closer slightly as he unreels the chain from his partner's foot.

"You got something to say to me, worm?" he asks nastily. His eyes flick up and he leans away again when he hears Gamis turn towards him and affects a look of innocence.

"That will do, Jaeger," his teacher says flintily. "I'll only have truly accidental injuries in my class."

"I don't know what you're talking about, sir." Jaeger replies.

"... Forgetting what happens to liars in this order, Lengris?" Gamis asks dangerously, using his last name. "I'd advise you not to try it again. You're already to report to the quartermaster directly for whatever services he feels you'd be useful for, for two hours."

"Wha--"

"Of course, if you prefer, I could send you to him tomorrow, instead. I hear there's quite a fidgety business of patching Jackal tents, backpacks, tarpaulins, uniforms... He's been meaning to get that done for a while; could take one two days to finish it all. And there's always KP, if you know what I mean."

"... Yes, sir."

"Dismissed."

Jaeger leaves the training yard, a conniption steaming just under a surface stretched taut as a drum.

The remainder of the class resumes their practice, silent for several beats, holding off on any muttering. When the sparring is over Gamis moves them to archery for the remainder of the day, and then dismisses them.

He stands in the empty yard for a minute as he sighs and looks around, letting the class get a head start on dispersing. Then he enters the compound, and instead of heading directly through, he makes a stop at the Jackal crypt and enters soberly. So much occupied space... How many more are unburied? The dead wrap him in their silence, seeming not to mind his breathing stirring the air among them.

"You're dead and buried here, and all that pernicious bastard is worried about is thumping his chest," he tells them softly and regretfully. "I'm sorry."

He looks down at the coffins of Jager and Treble, the two Jackals he knew best at any point. His eyes move over the scant measures of unoccupied space in the vault. The paladin bows his head and murmurs several lines in Celestial, then makes his exit somberly.
#148

darkar_shadowood_dup

Mar 27, 2004 19:44:33
After cleaning up Darkar takes the spell book, bracers, rapier and potions to Silmarwen along with a small bag of gold.

Take sometime to rest and then see if you can find someone at the hightower to identify the magical items for us please, Silmarwen.

I have to submit what we found to Lord Malifaeyer.
#149

darkar_shadowood_dup

Mar 27, 2004 21:36:01
Darkar writes a report to Lord Malifaeyer about the trip to Ennorath.

"It will be difficult to gain access to the royal family and the drudic advisors to learn insight about the prophecy and any information about the pass. The elves there tend shun non elves in general even those related to someone living there.

Upon returning from a tour of the city, the day after we arrived, we encountered a strange fog around the Ch'radryn home. Our guide seemed to think nothing of it. There was a strange popping sound and then screams of people in pain and terror.

Two strange creatures were carving a path of carnage to the Ch'radryn household. Silmarwen, Silis Liew, and myself set out to stop the creatures. They were tall reptilian creatures with a strange looking snakebeard.

It was a hard pressed battle that looked to go against us until Silmarwen summoned bronze bison to aid us, and Lord Ch'radryn himself came to our aid.

Upon tending to a wounded guard we found a note demanding that we deliver Dakarai, NaShae and Kywyn's son to the Abreyaken Ruins by the order of Evuzhin.

None of us had heard the name before, and with careful planning we thought of a way to fool them. Using my hat that can alter appearances, good coaching and other magic. I was able to pretend to be their son when we got to the ruins.

We were greeted by a guard that told us Praen was waiting for the child below. Apparently Praen is a mage that was in league with a man named Gatchni who were successful in trying to speed NaShae's pregnancy and age her son prematurely.

Gatchni is the man that NaShae and Ashina encountered in the graveyard near the mother's temple. It was the cause of the incident that got her in trouble for trying to hide the truth.

Believing that I was Dakarai they took me to Praen. The others hastened after me as soon they could make the way safe for themselves. When I was delivered to Praen I attacked him. Startled that a child could injure him so he vanished. Searching his room I heard him behind a door.

By the time I had gotten the door open the others had caught up with me. We went down a very narrow corridor to another locked door. Inside was a 30 ft x 30 ft domed room with a circle imprinted on the floor. Facing us at the front edgo of the circle was a pair of bronze door. At the peak of the dome was a large crystal that was the source of light in the room.

At the center of the circle was a young woman claiming to be a prisoner of Praen. We were reluctant to react since we could not see Praen. She told us that Praen was invisible and hiding. Silmarwen dispelled the magic that hid Praen from us and the battle began.

Durning the battle the girl, worked some form of charm on me and convinced me to help her. I learned that she was trapped in the circle and needed a half-elf or half-orc child to magically open locks and then open the bronze doors unaided before the next three days passed. Apparently she had a small window of opprotunity to escape.

After the battle and burning Praen's body as they wished. More of the reptile creatures appeared. Upon a brief stop back to the city we had learned that they were devils and silver could harm them. Demanding the child be brought to Evuzhin now, the creature disappeared.

Shortly after I realized what Evalie had done to me and came to the conclusion that she was Evuzhin. We returned to try and finish off the threat to Dakarai. Negotiations broke down when more devils appeared and tried to kill Silmarwen and Silis guarding our escape.

We went to rush to our comrades aid when Evuzhin grabbed NaShae without our knowing about it. One devil was killed and so was Silis, while Kywyn returned to check on NaShae. Silmarwen and I returned to the room to see a huge woman with feathery wings in the circle with NaShae underfoot and the girl gone.

This was apparently Evuzhin's true form. We learned that a wizard from a long time ago had imprisoned her there. We were at a serious disadvantage. She agreed to leave us be if we freed her. However we were too far from Ennorath in order to bring the boy to her in time.

She said get a mage to help us. I could only think of you milord of being able to accomplish this task, but apparently Kywyn knew of someone else who could. While we were waiting for hostage to be chosen, an unknown voice spoke silently to all us of offering aid. Soon a bright blinding light stunned Evuzhin and killed the other devil protecting her giving us time to attack.

Evuzhin released a dark cloud that sickened and weakened us, but the mysterious voice who helped us appeared floating in the room and drove away the cloud. Kywyn kept touching Evuzhin, and she seemed to loose vitality when he did. The battle was quick as she succumbed to Kywyn's touches.

Silmarwen and I discussed that this was disturbing considering that Evuzhin was a creature from Demmion's realm and the devils that were at her beck and call. Silmarwen thought it odd that none of them dissappeared after their deaths.

I do not know enough about the arcane to know if this was good or bad, but Silmarwen assured me that this news was disturbing. It seemed in the cities best interest to inform you Lord Malifaeyer of this turn of events.

Finishing the report Darkar personally delivers it to Lord Malifaeyer for a change of pace.
#150

silmarwen_dup

Mar 27, 2004 22:30:55
Silmarwen rests to recover from her injuries. The next morning after quiet prayer and breakfast. She heads back to her room where she casts detect magic over the glove and the rapier. If any radiates as magic she takes them with the other items to the Hightower to be properly identified.
#151

darkar_shadowood_dup

Mar 28, 2004 16:09:20
After delivering the report to Lord Malifaeyer Darkar rests for several hours before waking to begin the day anew.
#152

darkar_shadowood_dup

Mar 28, 2004 18:01:58
After a quick breakfast, Darkar is found in the training room. Not practicing his fighting techniques, but in quiet meditation.

.oO(I have gotten out of practice of daily meditation, perhaps that is why Evuzhin was able to influence my mind.)

In his mind's eye he is alone floating unencumbered. Relaxing he exhales focusing on his breathing.

.oO(Calm is created from the first breath in, without controled respiration a warrior becomes winded. That leads to muscle fatigue and loss of focus. Without focus the warrior loses his edge in the battle. If you are not in control of yourself then you are open to outside influences.)

Darkar continues his meditative excercises for about a half of an hour before he moves from his spot on the floor.
#153

darkar_shadowood_dup

Mar 28, 2004 21:25:22
Standing, Darkar exits the training room to head out into the courtyard. A chill wind blows through making the day seem colder than it is. It is here that Darkar chooses to train. He removes his shirt so that there is less protection from elements.

.oO(Focus your mind and shut out the cold.)

Darkar's breath escapes into the air like steam. The wind picks up and it is like pinpricks across his skin. Still he takes his sword and shadow fights an imaginary opponent.
#154

zombiegleemax

Mar 28, 2004 22:08:03
After a couple of days, a letter arrives for Silmarwen.
To Silmarwen, Advisor to Darkar Shadowood, Greetings.
The items you left for identification have been classified as follows:
Bracers providing protection of a magical nature, to be worn in lieu of Armor.
A Potion of transmutation, allowing the imbiber to walk in all conditions while leaving no tracks or scent, for a time of three hours. A vial of acid, a vial of anti-toxin.
A Glove, to be worn on the right hand, which can store one object. Said object must be not more than twenty pounds and of a shape to be held in one hand. The command word is 'blueberry.'
A Rapier of moderate power.

#155

silmarwen_dup

Mar 28, 2004 22:16:07
Silmarwen receives the letter and is reading in while eating lunch.

Blueberry? she says aloud while eating.

Actually, that is blackberry jam with the bread. chimes a helpful recruit passing by.

Quickly finishing eating she heads back to the Hightower to pick up the items.
#156

silmarwen_dup

Mar 30, 2004 14:19:33
Leaving the now identified items in her room, Silmarwen makes a copy of the letter describing the function of the items. She then leaves traveling back into the city headed for Kywyn and NaShae's apartment.

.oO(Hopefully they will be at home.)
#157

darkar_shadowood_dup

Mar 30, 2004 20:42:22
Darkar trains in the cold for about an hour before his limbs are numb from the cold. He takes time to retrieve his shirt and drys off the sweat before heading back inside.

He is colder now that he has stopped sweating and exerting himself and can not control the involuntary shiver from the cold. Putting his shirt back on he heads back to his room to clean up.
#158

darkar_shadowood_dup

Mar 30, 2004 20:47:17
Darkar is vigilant in his training of his mind and is just finishing cleaning up when there is a knock on his door.

Who is it?

He recognizes Silmarwen's voice.

Alright give me a few minutes more and I will meet you in the lobby.
#159

silmarwen_dup

Mar 30, 2004 20:47:22
Darkar, can you break off from your training in order to meet with Kywyn and NaShae to decide what is to be done with the items? The Hightower was quick in identifying them for us, and NaShae and Kywyn are eager to return to Ennorath for Dakarai.

When Darkar arrives they leave the compound.
#160

zombiegleemax

Apr 03, 2004 23:10:35
A travel-stained elf in Jackal livery, riding a bay nag, enters the compound and walks the horse into the stables. Stepping inside, he walks up to the front desk and states simply to the Jackal on duty, "I'm back." The clerk spends a few minutes winding terse answers out of Enialis, enough to determine that he should make a report to Sir Azad--in writing. With a mere nod, the ranger makes his way to his barrack, procures writing materials, and sets himself to work, beginning with the date.

Report of scouting training activities outside Garic's City under command of Sir Hermy Woodhome, addressed to Commander Azad, made by Sq. Enialis Oakenheel

Departed Garic's. Outside the city, began training exercises on the road to our destination. Sir Woodhome showed most impressive expertise in this forte. No difficulties encountered thus far during journey of several days.

Arrived at destination, village intended family to escort resided at. First noticed damage to farm fields and buildings--holes knocked in the latter, turf torn up in the former. Also oversized humanoid footprints. Inspected these fields while Sir Woodhome proceeded ahead to town center, where noise of laughing came from. Scouts followed and came upon group of three juvenile giants (stated to be frost giants by villagers) making selves comfortable in central square. Group attacked giants on Sir Woodhome's order. Giants promptly defeated scouting group. Sq. Tybalt slain instantly. Self cut down, but survived. Awoke several hours later in village inn, with other surviving scouts. Sir Woodhome explained intentions to lead giants, which he had apparently tricked verbally,

Enialis lifts his quill with a frown here as he recalls Hermy never saying where he was leading the giants. He sits back and thinks for a minute. Then he gets up and walks through the compound again, seeking the records of the compound. "Maps," he asks of the clerk he finds.

Clerk:
(pushing back his spectacles) "Excuse me?"

"Maps," he repeats stonily.

Clerk:
.oO(Okay, I can do monosyllabic, too.) "Why?"

"To find something," the scout replies.

Clerk:
"Well, you're out of luck, I'm afraid, because we're fresh out of treasure maps with a big black X marking the spot where you dig."

Enialis simply glares. Silence hangs in the air for many seconds. The clerk's indignation fades and he clears his throat.

Clerk:
"At any rate, we don't have much here in the way of maps. You'd want the palace, probably. Don't you know this?"

"I'm new."

Clerk:
"Ah... Well, maybe you should talk to your superior officer about this."

"I want the map to make my report to him."

Clerk:
"I see... Well, my recommendation is still that you try the palace's archives."

"Alright." The elf turns and leaves the office, proceeding to the main palace. He cites 'Jackal business' to the guards, then finds his next clerk. "Maps," he says again.

Clerk 2:
"Ah... Where?"

For a brief moment Enialis looks as though he wants to break something stout and oaken over someone's round and squishy head before elven stoicism closes over his countenance like interweaving larch boughs. "Are there or are there not maps here?" he asks through gritted teeth, releasing each syllable like a miser dropping coins one at a time from a white-knuckled fist into the infuriatingly necessary, open palm of a borrower.

Clerk 2:
"Y-y-yes, there are, I simply wanted to ask maps of where? The city? W-we don't have maps of everywhere, after all."

"... North of the city. Two days' walk."

Clerk 2:
"Al-lright. I'll see what there is. Just wait right here, and I'll take you to a table you can use..."

The scout stares straight ahead for several minutes, then the clerk returns.

Clerk 2:
"Follow me, please."

He leads Enialis to a table, where a few rolled maps are sitting atop a low table.

Clerk 2:
"Here you are. Let me know when you're done, and it's time to put them back."

The elf does not reply, and merely unrolls the first map, pins its corners down with paperweights, and looks it over. Several minutes of frowning later, he goes back to the clerk.

"Closer to the city."

With a slightly exasperated sigh, he brings out another map. Enialis spreads it out and spends some time comparing and looking between the two. He turns and exits the room, giving a nod to the clerk, then exiting the palace and returning to his in-progress report.

apparently tricked verbally into following him off into the wilderness. He did not state where to us, but was confident of coming back to the city. He headed in a southeasterly direction from our location, and consulting maps leads this scout to think he might be heading towards Hents Manavelins.

Scouting group departed the village, heading back to Garic's. This scout went ahead, procuring a horse, to bring the news early.

He reads it over once, then picks the report up and puts it into the paper train leading up to Azad. Then he goes about cleaning himself up and eating after the journey.
#161

darkar_shadowood_dup

Apr 06, 2004 18:52:14
On the third day of his increased training in the early morning, Darkar decides to go jogging outside. It is quiet a nice day outside, while not quiet the pristine conditions of home in Fis-Rua'tae, Darkar does have to admit it is a brisk winter day.

He makes several laps around the compound before the sun peeks over the walls. As the sun creeps over the wall, Darkar rounds the corner near an icy patch. The glare of the sun off the ice momentarily blinds the elf and he can not see where he is jogging.

Darkar can feel himself slipping on the ice and instinctively he tucks and starts to roll with the fall to minimize the imminent impact with the ground. There is a twinge of pain in his knee and ankle on his right leg as they hit the ground first.

His roll lands him against the wall of the compound. As he unfolds his limbs there is a dull throb of pain in his right leg. Standing he finds that he is unable to put his full weight on his injured leg. Darkar limps gingerly back inside to his room.
#162

shatteredtower

Apr 06, 2004 19:40:36
Sir Azad reads over Enialis' report and conclusions. He sighs exasperatedly at one point, but continues to read.

.oO(How very astute of him. What is the halfling intending?)

After a few inquiries Azad sits for a time to review a few documents from the last year.

.oO(A very reasonable assumption. Time to talk with Sir Darkar.)

After tending to a few other matters, he seeks out the elf.
#163

darkar_shadowood_dup

Apr 06, 2004 20:17:49
Limping back to the hallway Darkar knocks on the door of Silmarwen's quarters.

.oO(I hope that she is up already.)

Silmarwen's morning prayers are interrupted by the knocking at her door. Getting up she walks to the door and opens it finding Darkar leaning on the door frame. She is mildly annoyed, "I know he has seen me take the time for prayer each morning shortly after sun up. What could be so important to disturb me so early?"


Can I help you Darkar?

I seemed to have fallen and strained my knee and ankle this morning when I fell on the ice. I was wondering if you could take a look at it. He grimaces in pain as he puts to much weight on his leg yet again.

Silmarwen stands there stunned for a moment, before she manages a slight laugh.


Advisor, friend, healer.... I should ask your father for a raise. Wait in your room for about an hour until I finish my morning prayers and then I will take a look at your leg.

.oO(I wonder if he will ever grow up?)

About an hour later Silmarwen comes to see Darkar, she looks over his injuries. Carefully she wraps his knee and ankle.


I would tell you Darkar to take it easy and rest to let your leg heal, but I seriously doubt that you will do that.

Placeing her hands on his knee she invokes healing energies and let them flow into his leg.

That should take care of the pain, but take it easy for awhile or you will risk reinjury or worse.

I am going to Ordemet's temple to research the maw now. Hopefully the lead that I found will pan out.
#164

shatteredtower

Apr 06, 2004 20:31:05
"Sir Darkar," says Azad when he finds him, "it seems that Sir Hermy Woodhome has managed to get himself in trouble..."

.oO(I wonder if "again" belongs there?)

"--and been kidnapped by giants. Fortunately, it seems likely that he is heading in a direction familiar to you."
#165

darkar_shadowood_dup

Apr 06, 2004 20:33:53
.oO(Hermy in trouble, no, I can not say that I am suprised. He can find trouble faster than I can.)

I see.... Where is it that he is headed?
#166

shatteredtower

Apr 06, 2004 20:46:25
"According to one of the scouts travelling with him, and I have reason to believe that his conclusion was sound, he's headed back toward Hents Manevelins."

He coughs nervously.

"With several giants in toe, I must note. I don't know what he has planned, however. I'd bring this to Lord Malifaeyr's attention, but he is still out investigating ruins you mentioned to him. It will be difficult to get ahead of the giants, considering their lead time, not without endangering horses or magical assistance."
#167

darkar_shadowood_dup

Apr 06, 2004 22:58:16
Giants?!? Why would he take new scouts to...

Sighs

He is leading them to Hents Manevelins..... Do you have the report that I can read?

.oO(Perhaps there is a clue in there....)
#168

shatteredtower

Apr 07, 2004 14:32:09
"I have it right here."

Azad hands Darkar Enialis' report.
#169

darkar_shadowood_dup

Apr 07, 2004 17:04:56
Reads the report while standing in the hall.

"Training in stealth..... impressed with Hermy's skills"

continues reading on

"Damage to fields and buildings with oversized humanoid footprints."

.oO(He must have believed that the town was in need of rescuing. I can see no other reason he would have done this.)

"Attacked giants but were out matched easily, and lost Squire Tybalt....."

.oO(Hermy as emotional as he is would have hated to lose someone that was under his wing.)

"Hermy apparently tricked the giants to follow him somewhere, and Squire Enialis believes that it is Hents Manelevins."

Carefully considers the information that is in the report before he expresses his ideas.


From what I know about Hermy, I would guess that he is extremely upset about not being able to help the village which he probably was thought was in danger based on the descriptons I have read.

Next with Squire Tybalt being slain would only make things worse. I can only formulate ideas from here on out. It seems that somehow he has either tricked them or convinced them to head to Hent Manelevins. He knows that there are dragons and the blood troll there plus who knows what else.

Three giants could cause quiet a bit of hassle there. Either the giants die and Hermy is free of them or they could rid us of some of the stronger adversaries and whittle away the forces that they have. However this is just speculation, I have no idea how tough a giant is since I have never encountered one.
#170

shatteredtower

Apr 07, 2004 17:58:13
"Some of them can take a lot of punishment. The pass is barricaded at present, however. I don't fancy their chances at taking the wall, at least not in any kind of shape to press on. I suspect Sir Woodhome would either get killed or end up exchanging one set of captors for another.

"However, I'm inclined to believe that this offers us an opportunity. If Sir Woodhome can be liberated, we may be able to sneak a small team into the pass. I believe you travelled that way once with Sir Woodhome, his reviled brother, and... there was a barbarian, a... started with a D...

"Anyway, rescuing Sir Woodhome is the main objective, and to do that, we need to get someone to the pass before he arrives. Lord Malifaeyr could do it, and if we still had Dame Shalla's helm, we could at least get one person there. Would anyone in the Silver Sword be capable of shifting from one place to another quickly? I know that Dame Mirielle has been progressing swiftly in her studies, and the ... the shopkeeper -- excuse me, Nadania or something, I believe? -- also knows a few arcane mysteries. Do you think either of them would be willing or able to get a small group to the pass by tomorrow? The barbarian, I'm told, could be useful, as he is a decent tracker, or we could inform Enialis that the training is over and send him on his first assignment."
#171

darkar_shadowood_dup

Apr 07, 2004 19:37:42
So they really are intent on keeping people and prying eyes out.
That would be Donnavin, and yes he is a good tracker. You mean Natala I think. If she has the ability to do that I would not know, but I can ask her or Mirielle.
#172

shatteredtower

Apr 07, 2004 20:00:14
"I would appreciate that. If they can reach the pass by tomorrow, they should be able to arrive ahead of the giants, which gives them a chance to at least rescue Sir Woodhome, if not press on from there. Still, if he's feeling up to it, now seems like a good time to try."
#173

darkar_shadowood_dup

Apr 07, 2004 20:05:25
If you will excuse me then.

He continues back to his room and grabs his cloak and exits the compound heading for Natala's store.
#174

zombiegleemax

Apr 13, 2004 20:35:26
[three IC days ago]

Gamis seeks out Azad in his office and shares his plans to go to Hardaja once an item is finished, and Natala's assertion that she will help with training any Jackals in the ways of healing, if the order is interested. After the brief talk, he proceeds back to his class.

[current time]

Gamis and Da'Vane emerge from Sir Azad's office in the afternoon, having made arrangements to pronounce his class ready for duty. He stopped by to draw his pay finally after giving Azad notice of his plans to be out of town for several days for a venture. The Jackal tells him as he leaves that there will be a batch of new recruits ready to begin the first days of their training when he gets back.

The paladins leave the Jackal compound with wishes for good luck from Azad. Gamis tells his squire to spend tomorrow however he would like, and to meet him at the Silver Sword on the following morning, from whence they'll head for Hardaja.
#175

darkar_shadowood_dup

Apr 27, 2004 1:31:11
Darkar hurries into the compound grabbing a quick bite to eat before hurrying to his room to go through his gear.

.oO(I probably should travel light.)

He works on putting his armor and slings on his cloak over his shoulder. Next Darkar takes both short swords and the rapier. He takes only his longbow and a single quiver of arrows. One rope and his lockpicks.


Hopefully this will be enough......

Darkar now hurries back to Natala's shop.
#176

zombiegleemax

Jun 20, 2004 21:06:20
Gamis, bringing Miri and Silmarwen with him, enters the Jackal compound and clanks up to the front desk. He greets the clerk, whom he recognizes from training new Jackals.

"We've just returned from a mission. Can Lord Malifaeyr see us? There's information to be shared."
#177

shatteredtower

Jun 21, 2004 2:24:49
"I'll send a messenger, Sir Pfaebinn," he is told.

An hour later, the paladin receives word that his lordship will see him.
#178

zombiegleemax

Jun 21, 2004 9:59:24
"Thank you," Gamis says with a slight bow of his head. With a glance at the two women, he follows the page to where Malifaeyr is waiting. There, he gives a bow.

"Lord Malifaeyr, thank you for seeing us. We were successful in gathering some information--not as specific as I'd hoped for, but definitely useful."
#179

zombiegleemax

Jun 21, 2004 11:33:13
Mirielle curtsies to Lord Malifaeyr, and then glances around the office while Gamis speaks. She keeps her attention on the conversation, though, not staring at the furnishings.
#180

shatteredtower

Jun 21, 2004 12:50:43
Malifaeyr stands to greet them, nodding to both in turn. Servants hastily bring the pair chairs, and, in response to another glance, goblets and a flagon of cool water.

"Then I look forward to hearing this fpr myself as well," says the lord. "Please go on."
#181

zombiegleemax

Jun 21, 2004 19:59:58
Gamis gladly accepts one of the goblets and the seat. He has a sip before beginning to reiterate the journey to the Maw, hoping to have any gaps he makes unintentionally filled in.

"We reached Hardaja within a day and entered it to see if we could at least find Mome--the caretaker of the place; he's mentioned in Gaya Hoon's letter, I believe--and talk to him. He wanted something in exchange for giving us information on the Eternal Flame, which was to be expected, and named a magical helmet we'd find somewhere below the temple deeper in Hardaja. We had a brief look around the start of our path and went as far as a cliff we'd have to climb down to reach the temple. Some undead were lurking down there at the foot of it, and Miri attended to routing them before we turned back and made camp for the night to get an early start.

"Next day we got down the cliff, into the temple's foyer... attended to some incorporeal undead and swarms of centipedes... There was one room off the anteroom there that had some sort of patchwork... zombie, or something. That's actually what it reminded me of, a bunch of corpse pieces stitched and nailed together. Anyway, the only avenue we could take was a stairway leading down into mist. Everything else was collapsed. The mist was something strange; it blocked Mirielle's link with her familiar while Ixchal was in the mist and Miri wasn't. With all of us in it, though, it seemed to be fine. We followed the stairwell down and passed through a freestanding archway of some sort into... Well, it's a bit difficult to explain. On the other side of that arch, it didn't feel like the Maw of Hardaja--there wasn't that brooding, looming sense of darkness all around you. The entire place, wherever we were, was filled with mist; we could only see so far ahead of ourselves. Though, there were breaks to the sky that showed the moon--yes, though the temple and the whole Maw is underground. The ground was this smoothish black stone, mostly level, it seemed. That arch reminded me of the doorway Sir Shadowood mentioned in his report on the undead keep, the one that teleported him to the basement or another distant room; I can't recall which it was at the moment.

"Now... We picked a direction to head in and just struck out, marking the way back by notching the ground. We didn't get far when we were attacked by two scorpions the size of horses. They were all covered in spines, red and black patches, and lumps in their armor; they distinctly reminded me of the centipedes we were dealing with here in the city last year, so I think they were fiendish in origin. Killed them, then had to handle a gigantic one that had that same demonic cast as her brood we'd just killed. Besides the spines, she was littered with... With charnel. Decapitated heads and dismembered bodies, pieces of broken armor and other garbage... Took care of her, then kept on going in the direction we'd chosen. Aric stumbled right over the helmet we were looking for. Sir, it's... It was Dame Shalla's helmet. We recognized it."

He clears his throat and pauses for a moment, taking the chance to wet his mouth with another drink. "But, it was the price Mome named, and we'd found it, so we returned to his home to make the bargain." Now, getting to the real meat of the report, he takes another drink before perusing his memory of the conversation and continuing.

"We asked Mome to tell us about Gaya Hoon. Apparently, he is a she. She is... how did Mome put it, 'looking for proof that what the elves know about themselves is untrue?'" says Gamis, glancing at Miri to check the quote. "He said at first he believed that her reasons for being in this area are more personal, but wasn't privy to them.

"He didn't know a great deal about the rest of the Flame occupying the pass. Didn't know who Hoon's lieutenants are, or how many of them there are. He didn't know about Her Ladyship the bloodtroll. He did say that the center of their power used to be in a city called Sacheverall, and provided us with some insight into their dogma... He actually seemed to indicate that they're a somewhat moderate version of the Initiates of the Dark--instead of destroying the world, they seek to transform it for Demmion's purposes, and convince the Mother that He is in a worthy position to control it--they seek Her favor." His expression goes a little flat as he shares this. "Made me wonder on some things about what happened in the Southlands... Irrelevant right now, though."

The paladin shakes his head and takes another brief sip before imparting what he believes to be the gravest piece of information.

"Mome then told us why those Flames Darkar captured went to Hardaja before running into the group there. The Maw, he said, contained not only a temple to Demmion but a doorway to his realm. It seems the Pale Prophet ruined the place feeling they didn't utilize it like as well as they should have. Maybe you've gotten this out of them by now, but that old doorway is the reason they went there. And according to Mome, they succeeded--I wonder if we passed through it ourselves when we ran into those scorpions. He thought it possible that they're seeking another such entrance in the mountains. That could be why we found Dame Shalla's helmet where we did.

"We have discussed going back there again to look for and possibly try to close this door they found." The paladin falls silent finally, bringing his goblet to his lips again and watching how Malifaeyr receives the information they've gathered.
#182

shatteredtower

Jun 21, 2004 20:40:36
Malifaeyr leans forward, color draining from his cheeks, when Shalla is mentioned. Nevertheless, he allows Gamis to continue to his conclusion.

"But can you close all of the others, Sir Pfaebinn?" he asks. "That may be the real concern. The Hightower wasn't built here just for the privacy, you know. If it had been, they'd have relocated when the city built up around it."

"If you aren't careful, closing the door in Hardaja might just rip asunder the one that the wizards are guarding here -- or somewhere we aren't watching. They believe that's what happened the first time, before there was either a city or a tower here."
#183

zombiegleemax

Jun 21, 2004 21:36:31
Gamis blinks and gives Miri a glance, then turns his face to Lord M again. "I wonder if anything happened to theirs now that this one opened, then..." he muses.

"I suppose simply blocking it is out of the question; spells and even just large piles of rubble can be removed." The paladin sighs, rubbing his jaw. "Just asking, could you say what's involved in closing it properly, milord?"
#184

shatteredtower

Jun 22, 2004 1:04:07
"No. I'm not even sure it's advisable to try."
#185

zombiegleemax

Jun 22, 2004 11:03:15
(But what kind of demons can they pull through there if we just leave it be?)Oo. Gamis wonders, twisting at his gauntlet while he dips his eyes for a few seconds.

"We know Hardaja intrudes on sleepers in its vicinity, and though I'm not sure if it's to be trusted... Night-before-last, while we were en route back to the city, I had a warning in my dreams. The wraith we destroyed spoke with me and used the word altashheth, specifically. Mirielle tells us that it's Old Common for 'do not destroy.' That makes several warnings received, then. I wasn't sure at the time what it could've been referring to, but learning the possible dangers of that door..."

He trails off for a second again and changes the subject. "Milord, where do we stand with the Flame up in the mountains now?"
#186

shatteredtower

Jun 22, 2004 14:58:23
"They've still not moved, but their numbers have gradually increased in size. There are goblins in their forces now, and I wouldn't doubt that some of those were once Khan's. It's doubtful that they've recruited or enslaved all of them, but I wouldn't be surprised if they've picked up a few elements that way.

"You seem skeptical about leaving the portal to lie as it is. I appreciate the concern. It's just that this region has more than a few weak points between Demmion's realms and Mother's first creation, and Hightower believes that the weaknesses stem from an incident in this region long ago. That incident might have been the destruction of Hardaja.

"I know you closed one such entrance before, but this one could very well be prepared -- or trapped. One thing I don't understand -- if this was what the Eternal Flame wanted, why didn't they stick around to make more use of it?"
#187

zombiegleemax

Jun 22, 2004 15:26:24
"Mome indicated that opening it is what they went there to do, and they were successful. Did Hoon not find out about it? Maybe they went directly to the keep where they were captured, and never got the chance to return to Hents and make their report. Didn't the letter say they were looking for the treasury in the keep? Maybe they wanted it to secure the services of a fiend on the other side of the Maw's door.

"He also theorized they're looking for another such door up in the mountains. If that's their focus, holding onto one in a dangerous place like Hardaja might not have been worthwhile..."

He sits a little straighter in his chair as he looks at Malifaeyr. "Do we move against them soon? Or will we continue to bide our time and try to learn more about their doings?"
#188

shatteredtower

Jun 22, 2004 15:52:30
"What else did he say about it? The idea that they opened the door to recruit one thing and then left it alone... it doesn't ring true. If they were already looking to open the door in one place, why waste time in Hardaja, unless they were hoping to find a more promising entrance to the realms beyond.

"What you found sounds like it could have been Demmion's prison, but it sounds very different than that place you sealed before. I have never tread in such a dangerous place myself, but what I've read suggests that Demmion, at least, may dwell within more than one reality -- and not just in a metaphysical sense."


He pauses.

"As for striking against them once more... no, I do not feel it is advisable at this time. Perhaps when Sir Darkar returns -- hopefully with Sir Woodhome in tow -- we shall know more."
#189

zombiegleemax

Jun 22, 2004 16:02:19
"He called it a 'black door,' and said that it was something terrible that they succeeded... That was about it. But I have to agree; it doesn't make sense. At least dropping in to chat with Mome wasn't as problematic as getting to the temple down there."

Gamis blinks at the last statement. "They've gone scouting up there in the meantime?" he asks.
#190

shatteredtower

Jun 22, 2004 16:26:08
"Sir Darkar left to rescue Sir Woodhome from a group of giants in the area. I would have expected them back before now, but it would seem that they've decided to take advantage of the circumstances."
#191

zombiegleemax

Jun 23, 2004 0:29:43
Gamis almost asks how Hermy managed to need rescuing from giants, but declines to do so for now and instead rubs the back of his neck. "Then we'll look forward to hearing what the advantage afforded them...

"Is there anything else we should discuss, milord?" the paladin asks, sensing that the close of the interview is probably drawing near.
#192

shatteredtower

Jun 23, 2004 0:45:27
"Not unless you have any personal matters you wished to discuss," says Malifaeyr. "Have the two of you any plans for quiet time to yourselves? I know you've both been quite busy of late?"
#193

zombiegleemax

Jun 23, 2004 0:57:39
Mirielle blushes deeply, glancing at Gamis.

Oh, well, we were planning to get away, but nothing has been set as far as dates...

Her blush deepens, and she tries to change the subject, adding, I'm needing to spend a bit of time researching a spell...
#194

shatteredtower

Jun 23, 2004 1:34:47
"Really? That sounds like a wonderful idea. I get so little time for research myself, but still, wonderful. What is it that you will be hoping to perform?"
#195

zombiegleemax

Jun 23, 2004 1:38:58
Mirielle's blushes abate, and she leans forward slightly as she responds.

Well, Ixchal, she gestures to the weasel on her shoulder, gets very frustrated when she can't do anything to help in a combat setting, so I'm wanting to work out a spell that will at least temporarily make her bigger and tougher.
#196

shatteredtower

Jun 23, 2004 12:52:33
"What a terrifying thought," Malifaeyr says mildly.

"If you were to make her as large as yourself... it would be enough to give a gnome a nightmare, I'm sure.

"Or anyone else, for that matter. Still, I recommend that you focus some of your efforts on keeping her safe from harm, especially if she's going to join the combat next to Sir Gamis here."
#197

zombiegleemax

Jun 23, 2004 13:07:45
Nodding solemnly, Mirielle answers, Absolutely, sir. I would be devastated if anything happened to either her or Gamis.

She glances at the paladin, who grins at her, and seeing he has nothing further to discuss she looks at Lord Malifaeyr.

Thank you, m'lord, for granting us this interview. We're very much at your service...
#198

shatteredtower

Jun 23, 2004 15:19:51
"And I yours," Malifaeyr replies, standing to bow. An attendant hastens to open the door to allow for the couple's departure.
#199

zombiegleemax

Jun 23, 2004 15:54:57
Mirielle curtsies, then after Gamis bows she tucks her hand through his left arm and accompanies him from the Jackal compound, returning to their home.

to Elsewhere
#200

silmarwen_dup

Jun 23, 2004 21:46:08
With Gamis mentioning his dream Silmarwen shares her experience before Lord Malifaeyr and the others.

"It seemed that on Shestla in that week of nonexistant reverie a seat was saved for my personage, but since elves rest in another fashion I was not there. However I could still see the seat, instead I recalled the misty place that was beyond the arch.

The healing energies that I used in the fog seemed burdenedm and it seemed that I had to work harder to make them happen. The place also had a lingering odor that we missed while we were down there, it reeked of ash."

She lets her words sink in as she once again falls into silence waiting to comment.

("I know you closed one such entrance before, but this one could very well be prepared -- or trapped. One thing I don't understand -- if this was what the Eternal Flame wanted, why didn't they stick around to make more use of it?")

"Perhaps using the door in Hardaja does not lead to what they are seeking. Mome suggested that the destination can vary from the point of origin.

Also they seek to garner favor from Ordemet. Perhaps they seek further ways to prove themselves with a door to the realms of Demmion in an area where we failed to wrestle control of it from them.

They seek dominance over Thalos' servants, and Hents Manevelins is a good place to twist a knife in a wound where the Jackals suffered defeat. It could be a building point for their rise to power.

Mome himself said that this was about power, Lord Malifaeyr has already mentioned the purpose of the Hightower. He also mentioned to find out why Reise sent Lord Malifaeyr to the frontier. With those answers we would be on the right train of thought."
#201

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jun 24, 2004 23:40:26
Thanks to the help of Natala, Thosar,Tahlin and Donnavin members of the Silver Sword we were successful on rescuing Hermy without any causualties. Tahlin found us fighting since we were near where he was observing the pass.

We parted ways while we visting Moncha a priestess of the Mother near the pass. She seemed irritated that we keep dropping in on her and I recomend that we do not distrub the woman unless in dire straights. Moncha values her neutrality so near to the pass.

However we did learn something new, she apparently met some new people who now reside at the pass. Perhaps the leaders in charge, a man and an elven woman.

The woman Moncha said was very cold, about Natala's height with strawberry blonde hair. Unusual coloring for an elf from what I have seen. The man was about Donnavin's height with dark hair.

Personally I think this might have been the man who was in the red armor that commanded the dragons at the pass, he was about that height, but I can not be sure since I did not see his face.

Tahlin a scout for the Silver Sword has been at Hents Manelevins for quiet awhile observing what has been going on behind the walls. He took us to his campsite and we spent a few days observing what is goin on.

From what I can tell they are preparing for the long haul, most of the tents that were being used in the courtyards are being replaced with more permanent structures.

On the fourth day observing something different occured in the regular routine of their labors. A wagon loaded with stone and pulled by four ogres arrived at the gates.

The stone was distributed to various workplaces, and we did not think much about the delivery until a wall appeared rising suddenly behind the first one. Personally I have never seen anything like it, but it looked to me that Hermy and Talhin might have seen something like it before.

This new wall does not cover the pass, but it seems to be a single solid struture, unlike the piles of stone in front of it. Afterwards another wall appeared next to the new one. Perhaps it covers one eighth of the length of the old wall. Tahlin remained behind to continue observing for us.

My only thought is if they can produce walls this quickly, then perhaps we should make it harder for them to find stone to build with.
#202

shatteredtower

Jun 27, 2004 19:53:01
Earlier, to Silmarwen...

Malifaeyr appears skeptical about Silmarwen's reasoning for the Eternal Flame's departure, but let's it pass without comment. When she brings up his reasons for being sent to this city, however, he has this to say:

"I was selected for this duty because of the Hightower's presence, sending a wizard to deal with wizards, in other words. They have their own reasons for keeping watch over this place as well, and it may all tie to what happened at Hardaja, as I explained."

====

Later, to Darkar...

"Would that it was as easy as that. It takes a little bit of skill to create stone walls through magic, but once you can master it, it's quite easy. I'd say the task is done by now. I'm rather surprised they didn't do it before.

"Very surprised. What were they thinking?"
he asks quietly, as though talking only to himself.

"This just feels wrong somehow, Sir Darkar. Earlier, I told Sir Gamis that it was too soon to move against them, but now I'm no longer so sure. And yet... yet I can't help but feel that they're aiming to provoke us. I just don't understand why they'd choose to do it this way. I'm relieved, obviously -- it's preferable to them shedding blood throughout the territory -- but, it's just... wrong."

Malifaeyr stands, pacing back and forth.

"We need more information. We still need to find out what happened to Allegion and to..."

A light seems to dawn in his face.

"...Shala. Of course. I'm not sure what this is going to cost, but it looks like I'm going to have to pay a visit to Hardaja after all."
#203

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jun 27, 2004 20:09:09
What seems wrong about the situation milord? I do not know enough about them to sense something like that.
#204

shatteredtower

Jun 27, 2004 20:29:36
"It's just that erecting this new wall is something that the Flame should have been able to do a long time ago, if I'm any judge of the power they displayed in our last battle. Well, maybe it was just a change of strategies. Maybe they didn't expect to be here this long. So many maybes.

"I'll need some time to ponder this, Sir Darkar."
#205

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jun 27, 2004 20:31:41
Nods sensing that he has been dismissed, and heads off to get some food when he hears his stomach grumble in the hallway.
#206

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jun 27, 2004 21:23:18
Learning that Darkar has returned from the rescue mission, Silmarwen goes to greet him. She finds Darkar busy in the mess hall obtaining food to eat. Obtaining food for herself, Silmarwen joins Darkar and they discuss what has been learned on their most recent journeys.

So a new wall just sprung from the ground? That sounds like creation magic to me. It seems that they have several adept spellcasters aiding them.

Yes, Lord Malifaeyr thought as much too. Unfortunately our vantage point spying in on the ruins did not allow us to identify anyone creating the walls. So what is it that you have been doing, it seems that you, Gamis, Mirielle, Da'Vane, and Aric obtained useful information from what I have heard

We ventured to the Maw of Hardaja to try and purchase information from the caretaker Mome about the Eternal Flame. Apparently in Hardaja exists an open door to the realms of Demmion. However for some reason the door is not being put to use. The caretaker hinted that they are seeking other doors as well.

I wonder if that is why Lord Malifaeyr mentioned a visit, and wondering about payment. Right now our information is rather sketchy and we need more. Apparently they have not be able to confirm if my predecessor has perished or is a prisoner not released. It seems that this might be a calm before another storm, and we should make the most of the situation.

Silmarwen nods and then changes the subject so that those now entering the mess hall, need not overhear anymore of the conversation.

[color=Blue]Not sure how sensitive the information is.


Now, I figure to have some free time and I could enchant one of those short swords now if you wanted. It would only take a couple thousand gold to do so, and I could have it ready in a few days after I obtained all the materials.[/color]

That should not be too expensive, I think I will take you up on the offer. Are there many materials to gather? I think Jalen has wanted something different to do. The paperwork and bookkeeping has been rather tedious of late and he could use a break. Perhaps he can assist you in getting them?

Silmarwen considers this suggestion a moment before shaking her head in affirmation of the idea.

Have Jalen meet me with one thousand gold within an hour, and I will have the list of materials he needs to purchase for the ceremony.

Finishing the meal Darkar stands and heads back to his office. Opening the door to his office, Darkar greets the tall youth busily going over paperwork.

Jalen, take a break for a moment. I have a new task for you, and it involves very little filing.

This work is not a bother, it is just very repetitive. I review similar requests every week, and it is rather dull writing the same thing for reports over and over again. It makes me wonder how you managed without my help, with all that you do.

Actually, I was not managing, I was several months behind. Instead of waiting for me to reply, I was getting the same requests over and over as a constant reminder that I was behind on the paperwork. It should start to be less tedious now that you have the paperwork current. However, now that Silmarwen has some time she is going to enchant one of my swords. I thought for a change of pace you could gather the materials for her. Go to my quarters and etrieve one thousand gold from the chest, and then meet Silmarwen in the main hall.

Taking a key from his pocket and hands it to Jalen. The young man bows awkwardly and then with purposeful strides moves out of the office and down the hallway.

Ah a change of pace, what a nice way to spend the day!

With a leisurely stride, Jalen makes his way to Sir Darkar's quarters. Once inside he carefully opens the chest and spends some time counting out the one thousand gold pieces before distributing them between a couple of money pouches.

Never put all of the money in one pouch to be lost or stolen.

Closing and relocking the chest, Jalen returns the key to Darkar in his office. Then he heads to the main hall to wait for Silmarwen. He need only wait about five minutes before he sees the cleric walking down the hallway. She hands him a list of items to acquire.


Thank you for helping out with this task Jalen, it will reduce the time I spend procuring these items. I do need some of the money to obtain the jewels that are needed. I know which ones to specifically to look for. However the rest of the items should be quiet easy for you to obtain. I need these items in order to preform a ceremony to enchant a weapon.

It might take longer than you think. With these items, I will be heading to all ends of the market to obtain them. Without my help it might take you two days to get everything on this list.

Let's get started then.

The cleric and assistant head out of the compound headed for the market.
#207

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jun 29, 2004 16:50:31
After Jalen has left to assist Silmarwen, Darkar suddenly remembers that he has an order of gloves that he has forgotten to pick up.

"It has been more than ten days by now."

Hurrying to his quarters he grabs a bit of coin for the gloves and leaves the compound to seek Corrin and Moria's place.
#208

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jun 30, 2004 1:06:46
Returning to the compound Darkar retrieves the rest of the coin Tynk said he needed and prepares to make his way to the Hightower.
#209

zombiegleemax

Jul 01, 2004 1:02:17
After seeing his squire to the Church, Gamis wipes his brow and clanks his way to the Jackal compound, greeting familiar faces as he enters.

"I'd like to leave a message for Lord Malifaeyr," he says to the clerk, accepting pen and parchment and writing.

Lord Malifaeyr,

Dame Dyer and I will be leaving the city in the next couple days to take our sabbatical. If you have need of us before we return, a man on a good horse should be able to find us in not more than three days without pushing his mount hard. We'll be heading to the village of Lilac Ford, northeast of the city. A courier, if needed, should ask around for the Pfaebinn family's smithy.

Sincerely at your service,
--Sir Gamis Pfaebinn

He folds the missive and hands it to the clerk, then turns and makes his way from the compound.
#210

codrian

Jul 10, 2004 17:35:47
For a first time in few weeks, comes to the Jackal compound for a lesson in using his halberd. Asks from one squire where he can find his teacher, but gets to hear that the man broke his ankle on the day before and is now off duty to let it heal.

.oO(Wasted trip, then. What now, to return to the shop or not.)

Snaps his fingers.

.oO(But, hey... while I am here, I could say hello to that elf I met during the war... Dark-something Shadowtree, I think it was.)

Stops another squire going by.


Afternoon, is Darka Shadowtree present today?

"Who? Oh... Sir Shadowood?"

Yes, Sir Shadowood. Didn't quite recall his name, having met him once in the past.

"I think he is in his office right now. Down that corridor."

My thanks.

Walks to pointed direction and soon raps on Darkar's door.
#211

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 10, 2004 18:52:14
Hears a rapping on his door, it must be a message or a report he thinks.

"Come in...."
#212

codrian

Jul 10, 2004 18:59:48
Opens the door and steps inside. Stops there bit unsure and makes a small bow.

Sir Shadowood. Afternoon.

I'm Codrian Enelevin, we met last time during the war.
#213

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 10, 2004 19:04:36
Ah, hello Codrian, I have not seen you since the end of our scouting expidition. What brings you here today?
#214

codrian

Jul 10, 2004 19:08:26
Ah. Can I sit?

Clears some a pile of scrolls from a chair and sits down.

I was supposed to have a lesson in handling halberd with of Jackals, but my instructor had broken his ankle day or two ago. So, I thought to poke in while I was here.
#215

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 10, 2004 19:15:47
"That would be, Eln Daswen, not quiet sure of the details but he needed time off to recover. Just felt like dropping in to say hello then? Oh that reminds me I saw the little girl that you helped with the beesting awhile back. She wanted me to give you this."

Darkar hands Codrian the drawing.
#216

codrian

Jul 10, 2004 19:22:00
Yes, Eln Daswen. Has been teaching me how to use halberd at least with some proficiency. I hope he'll recover well.

And, yes just dropping by. It's not like I'm in any hurry, to run off to kill dragons or anything.

Takes the drawing and looks at it.

Beesting... beesting... few months ago? Young girl, younger than Renna?
#217

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 10, 2004 19:24:16
Reena? I am not sure that I have met her. Ellie is maybe five or six I would think, not that old for a child.
#218

codrian

Jul 11, 2004 3:14:37
Renna. She's nine years old, about... an orphan I took to my care bit over a year ago. She's studying at the church to be a priest in time.
#219

zombiegleemax

Jul 13, 2004 15:47:24
The young mage is seen walking through the compound, searching the names on the office doors.

. o O (Last time I was here was after our bout with Hermy's brother...long time ago. Ah, here it is.)

Once he finds one labeled Sir Shadowood, he knocks on it.
#220

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 13, 2004 18:02:32
With Codrian

"Ah, well that is good at least she is not living alone on the street somewhere. How long does it take to become a priest?"

Tynk's time

Come in....
#221

codrian

Jul 13, 2004 18:16:07
I'm not sure, but given that she is so young and has to learn a lot of other things on side... I would imagine that she'll be ordained when she's 15 or 16. She's learning fast, though. I almost feel like I'm being drowning to words when I see her every few days, with her talking about all kinds of things she has learned.
#222

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 13, 2004 18:31:39
"She sounds like quiet the handful, and full of vigor. Hopefully she will become something can she be proud of when she is grown up."
#223

codrian

Jul 13, 2004 18:37:11
That she is, that she is indeed. Sometimes I wonder, how do parents stand out all those years when their child is growing. Humans especially as their children grow up much more quickly than of other races.

Looks throughful for a moment.

But enough of that, how are you doing?
#224

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 13, 2004 18:56:44
I am good, just busy with work, and you?
#225

codrian

Jul 13, 2004 19:10:58
Work, as well... it seems that I just work these days. It's been over two months since I last was outside the city. And, there is no fear that work at the Shop would end some day, people won't stop getting sick suddenly.

I try to fit in other things, though. Like I would've had the lesson here if Daswen hadn't been off.

A pause.

I think there was a Jackal or a young palace scribe looking items necessary for enchanting a weapon recently. You have a priest of Thalos' as your advisor, correct? And this person mentioned an elven cleric, if I recall correctly.
#226

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 13, 2004 19:24:19
"That would be Jalen, my valet he helps keep me organized with appointments, and work. I was so horribly behind without his assistance. There are so many things to consider with this job. Silmarwen my advisor is also a great deal of help with her insight and advice on matters, without the both of them doing this job would comsume too much of my time."
#227

zombiegleemax

Jul 13, 2004 20:42:49
Originally posted by Darkar Shadowood
Tynk's time

Come in.... [/b]

Enters and greets the elf with a smile. After a handshake and a hello he tosses the familiar pair of gloves on the table.

"They are finished and tested, may they serve you well. I must say it is an honor to craft a peice of equipment used by an upstanding Jackal such as yourself."

"You did say these were for your own personal use?"
#228

codrian

Jul 14, 2004 3:37:14
Ah, I thought I recalled something of like. About Silmarwen that is.

Bit too much work for one person otherwise, I see. No wonder, I can't even guess what all comes with leading, even partially, a military unit like this. I'm much more home with what I do now, helping sick people.
#229

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 14, 2004 14:50:17
There used to be others, before I received the promotion, but Lord Malifaeyr made a decision to become more involved, and they have yet to be replaced.

Helping the sick, is that something you enjoy doing or is it more of an appointed task? It would seem that you might get sick as well being around those who are already ill.
#230

codrian

Jul 14, 2004 15:32:17
It's been my decision to do that work. And while it is true that I might get sick, I also know quite well how to stay healthy at the same time.

Actually, church could ask me to do such work, but they could never order me to do it. But neither could they order me to cease doing something. They are not my superiors in that.
#231

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 14, 2004 15:38:56
"So what you are saying is that church appeals to your moral code and hope that it is similar to their needs? Or am I understanding church politics?"
#232

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 14, 2004 16:12:17
"It is like this, both church and I share same set of objectives. That's natural, due to being parts of same faith. But, where I differ from the church, is in how we see these objectives to be reached. The church, maintains guidelines and rules for its members and what church commands to be done, is done within these guidelines. Whereas I seek to achieve same final result, at the end of the day, but I am not constrained by these church's rules. I act on my conscience, trusting to act what will ultimately result best good.

There are occasions when church and I are acting on same way, and that is help to me. But there are also occasions when more stricter priests at the church won't approve my actions fully."


"So it seems that the differences of opinions can be the cause of tensions. How do you resolve the conflicts like that?
#233

codrian

Jul 14, 2004 16:23:18
I've yet to encounter a real conflict of interest with the church here in Garic. Which is rather unusual, as it is quite common for established branches of Thalos' faith to strict with rules having low tolerance for "freelancers" like I and my father were called in one place. Nevertheless, number of us seeking to fulfill Thalos' edicts, with whatever means our conscience allows, is vastly lower than those associated with established churches. This means that in most cases, when larger conflict of interest does happen, a person like me has to either stop his task or leave the place immediately after completing it.

It isn't unheard for church to arrest people that are same faith but who show different approach to matters. My father was once detained three months in one town because he used help of a group of community's outcasts to a person burning crops.
#234

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 14, 2004 16:37:02
"Well that is fortunate that you have not encountered any problems. Perhaps they are more tolerant here. I have not seen you with your father before, have you parted ways in order to do more good?"
#235

codrian

Jul 14, 2004 16:42:43
Looks bit sad for a moment.

He died over ten years ago. A group of bandits stopped us and one of them cracked his skull. I couldn't save him.

Rubs his eyes for a moment.
#236

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 14, 2004 16:46:52
"I am sorry for bringing up a painful topic, and that you lost your father."

Gives Codrian a moment

"So why Garic's City? It is not like the capitol, more like a growing edge of the territory."
#237

codrian

Jul 14, 2004 16:57:06
No, it's fine. I should get over it... but before coming here, he was the only person I knew well. And he still is the only father I've ever had.

Lowers his head and says very quietly.

Rest in peace, Teil.

Looks at Darkar then again.

The road led here. And before coming here, I was very lost for two years or so. I didn't stop help people but sought solace in forests and plains... far away form the civilization. In the end, I found a large oak tree on a clearing and this...

Lifts his holy symbol from under his coat where it usually resides to Darkar to see.

...was laying under it. I then stood up and walked to the nearest city I could find. This was that place.
#238

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 14, 2004 17:06:28
"Sounds like you wandered quiet a bit. That symbol of Thalos brought you back from your travels to this?

He seems confused by the thought of it.
#239

codrian

Jul 14, 2004 17:19:35
Yes, I have wandered... a lot actually. My father, or should I say my adoptive father, was a traveling priest of Thalos. Quite much like I am. Thus, I've never had one place to call my home, and have used to being on the road. Of my life, I've traveled perhaps all but 5 years.

Even here, in Garic, I occasionally have to get out of the city. My soul can't stay put.

Thinks for a moment.

No, it is not exactly that finding the symbol stopped my travels.

A pause during which smoothes his sleeves.

As I said I was lost during that time. I was wandering around, withdrawing from contact with people. Where I had earlier stopped to help someone, I moved on. When someone would have needed my help, I stayed out of sight.

I was a shadow. Wandering around with no aim, oblivious to everything. Both of myself and the world.

In the end, it was Thalos that showed me the way. In giving this symbol to me, he put me back into my mind. I could see once again. I decided to travel to nearest bigger town to see what good I could do. Still troubled by issues in my mind, I had found a purpose. It took me a year to get here, from that realisation to stepping past gates of this city. On the journey, I did what I knew to do, helped people.
#240

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 14, 2004 17:32:53
"I have the tendency to wander a bit myself, but that is only when I feel that the city is too small at times. Sounds like guidance when you were at your lowest point emotionally, turning you back in the right direction."
#241

codrian

Jul 14, 2004 17:36:59
Wandering can be that. For some, like Teil and me, it is nearer to being a calling. Though, I have found that I can stay put quite well, when I have a task to fulfill. Like, I am helping people while in this city.
#242

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 14, 2004 17:42:09
"So is your residence here considered temporary or do you think it possible that you would be staying indefinitely."
#243

codrian

Jul 14, 2004 17:45:39
Truly, I don't know. I think I will stay here at least until Renna has completed her studies at the church. Maybe even longer. I have to see how everything goes and what happens.
#244

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 14, 2004 18:13:46
"So it seems that you have become like your father Teil in a way. You have taken Renna into care and helping her find something worth living for."
#245

codrian

Jul 14, 2004 18:17:57
Yes, in a way, very much so. Though, I am not forcing her to learn the way of traveling. If she wants to travel with me in future, it's wonderful, but I won't make her to do so if she doesn't want.
#246

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 14, 2004 18:20:38
"Strange things can happen in a few years, who knows what could happen. It is one of those things that elves prefer to wait and see....."
#247

codrian

Jul 14, 2004 18:22:35
I've seen elves to be amazingly patient with many things. But I sometimes fear that this may not be for good... sometimes too much might have happened before taking action.
#248

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 14, 2004 18:27:22
"It is probably a matter of perspective, considering that elves live for hundreds of years. That and the strong sense of history and knowledge that we share tends to let them draw a conclusion that it is better to wait, than to intercede. Although we usually move too slow for my personal liking."
#249

codrian

Jul 14, 2004 18:34:15
I can see elves seeing to fulfill Ordometrex's teachings with this course. Acting only to restore balance in the world, never tipping the cups in favor of good, or bad.
#250

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 16, 2004 18:10:55
"For the most part, I would agree with you on that, but on occassion there are those who break with tradition. Myself, I consider among those others."
#251

codrian

Jul 16, 2004 18:14:33
I see...

Is silent for a moment.

You say you are different than most of your breathren. How have you ended up where you sit now?
#252

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 16, 2004 18:17:33
Gives a quick smile before answering

"That depends on how much time you have, it is quiet a long story.
#253

codrian

Jul 16, 2004 18:22:32
Chuckles.

Yes, I would imagine so, if you tell it in detail. When a person lives centuries, it is somewhat unavoidable for memories to pile up. Especially if your life is eventful.

But, maybe you could tell how you ended up to Garic? I don't think that many elves have lived their whole lives in here.
#254

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 16, 2004 18:51:40
I can try to shorten it up, but still how I ended up here began twenty five years ago. I first arrived in the city two years ago essentially broke with no money or equipment.

The first place that I stopped was at Last Lich Inn, the first person who greeted me was Cas. Asking about work I was told to find Cog the owner at the time.

With Cog's help I was able to find employment at Nobody's Inn. While moving about the city and learning I found others who influenced me. Daron, Gamis, Aria, and Hermy to name a few of those who were the major influences.

Something always seems to be happening either in the city or in the area, and with the Silver Sword many of us began to develop a reputation of dependable defenders of the city.

It was Lord Malifaeyr who asked the Silver Sword guild to be an assualt force against the goblin warlord Kahn. After we defeated him we were knighted as protectors of the city. I took the opprotunity to join with the Jackals because it was a respected order, and the Silver Sword was having some turmoil.

I did not abbandon them, but the problems were not ones I felt comfortable in dealing with. I felt that it would be better left to those who could handle it better than I. My promotion to this position only happened after the disaster at the pass. I think that is about as short as I can make the turn of events that lead me to behind this desk."
#255

codrian

Jul 16, 2004 19:00:02
Lets Darkar's story to sink in before replying.

Quite concise, yes. Interesting how many people just seem to wind up to this city.
#256

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 17, 2004 15:39:42
"Yes, I am going to use the gloves for myself, I always find it useful to be as nimble as possible."
#257

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 18, 2004 18:03:07
"If you felt up to it we could practice sparing so you could get some work in today."
#258

codrian

Jul 18, 2004 18:15:11
Nods.

Yes, we could do that.
#259

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 18, 2004 18:18:44
"I suggest that we count touch hits, since we are not trying to hurt each other. We have someone else observe for us, and count hits."
#260

codrian

Jul 18, 2004 18:25:00
Nods again, and stands up.

Good thinking. I need to be able to get to work tomorrow, not spend the day in bed being so bruised.
#261

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 18, 2004 18:36:14
Leads the way to the training area. He notes that there are few here today training.

.oO(They must be out on an excercise or something.)


"This inner square here is where we practice our foot work should be sufficent for us. It is about twenty by twenty feet and the lines on the ground are considered out. How about one minute at first to see how we are doing?"
#262

codrian

Jul 18, 2004 18:38:05
Sounds fine. Especially as we don't need that much space for this kind of training.

Follows Darkar to the square.
#263

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 18, 2004 18:57:48
Stepping into the square, Darkar thinks about the rapier and its magical properties, and pulls instead a dagger from his hip and then salutes Codrian signaling he is ready. Also he signals a squire to count hits for each of them.
#264

codrian

Jul 18, 2004 19:19:59
Picks up a simple quarterstaff from a rack near the door. Walks to a position opposite Darkar and nods to the elf.

Both are ready. Shall the match commence then.
#265

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 18, 2004 19:24:16
Codrian and Darkar circle each other cautiously in the square each not really certain of the others abilities. The half-elf moves first tapping Darkar on leg well tap is not the word as it is sure to leave a bruise from that solid hit. The squire counts one hit for Codrian. Stumbling back to the edge of the square Darkar feigns suprise at the manuever and waits for Codrian to attack again.

.oO(Let's see if he can determine that I am holding back for larger openings in his defenses.)

Codrian advances with a swing that misses wide to the elf's left, and Darkar taps him solidly back through the now exposed right side. Deftly Codrian spins the quarterstaff and manages to catch Darkar in the shoulder, but the elf dances back just out of reach. Backing away again Darkar shuffles his feet, and leaves Codrian thinking that he is prepared to lunge again to the right.

Trying to overcompensate from his lack of defense last time spoils the aim of Codrian's attack and Darkar rolls to the left dropping his tapping motion against Codrian's opponents thigh.

Spining around Codrian lands a blow across the arm where Darkar holds the dagger. The elf fumbles with his blade and the moment to strike seems to have escaped him. However Codrian can not take advantage of his fortune as the swing misses, but just barely he notes. Darkar takes advantage of Codrian's overextended posture and taps him with the dagger in his side.

Codrian strikes Darkar again, but this time as the elf limps away Codrian gets the impression hat Darkar is fine. Rushing to attack Darkar, Codrian mistimes the blow. As Darkar goes to strike Codrian senses the gap in his defenses and moves to protect himself better. While he does not stop Darkar from tapping him with the dagger, Codrian senses that the blow would not have been as deadly as the others could have been. Swiftly Codrian spins the quaterstaff, but too quickly as Darkar is not where the half-elf thought he should be.

Darkar feigns with the blade trying to confuse Codrian, but now the half-elf has become wise to the tactic that Darkar has been employing. Codrian lunges and catches Darkar in the stomach, but Darkar strikes back twice to secure victory in this little bout as the one minute time limit expires.

#266

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 18, 2004 20:00:04
"Not bad Codrian, it seems that you are a quick learner."

He pants with his hands on his knees.
#267

codrian

Jul 18, 2004 20:04:17
Leans against the quarterstaff and wipes sweat from his brow.

Thanks. There's still much to learn though.

Touches his side and back.

With that tricking, you could have scored a many quite nasty hits in real situation.

Remembers his first "tap" on the elf.

Sorry for that first hit, I put bit too much power behind it.
#268

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 18, 2004 20:05:43
"That was nothing.... considering that real attacks that I have lived through."
#269

codrian

Jul 18, 2004 20:09:15
But meaning of this match wasn't to leave either of us bruised.

Thinks for a moment.

And yes, that is very true regarding what has happened in real situations. I've been more than once only a thread away from falling due to enemies scoring hits on me.

Re-ties his hair to a pony tail.

Partly a reason why I'm taking lessons, to avoid getting killed in such situations.
#270

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 18, 2004 20:14:08
"Well if what I have witnessed here is any indication, then you are well on the way to raising your chances."
#271

codrian

Jul 18, 2004 20:24:46
Good to hear, my time spent getting hit here hasn't been wasted them. Eln Daswen is a good teacher.
#272

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 18, 2004 20:28:55
"So do you do anything else besides work, and training here?"
#273

codrian

Jul 18, 2004 20:32:48
I don't come here every afternoon. Most of my afternoon's I spend at the church or at the tower library.

Other than that, I don't do much. That's pretty much what I've done past two and half months.
#274

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 18, 2004 20:42:34
"So you do not have any hobbies or such?"
#275

codrian

Jul 18, 2004 20:43:58
I don't know when I would have time for any. It's occasionally tight enough to squeeze in some time with Renna.
#276

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 18, 2004 22:02:22
"Well, I hope that you have something that you find relaxing, otherwise it would bad for stressful situations. With your mind always keyed up it dulls the senses."
#277

codrian

Jul 20, 2004 2:13:52
I don't know... I'm always just working. And reading. There has been times when few weeks have passed and I've thought that it was only few days.

Looks bit troubled.
#278

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 20, 2004 12:13:08
"Do not look so worried. It usually only takes maybe one or two hours a day most of the time to let your mind relax from its activities. Just set aside some time for an activity that you would enjoy. A brisk walk in the park or outside the city is relatively simple."
#279

codrian

Jul 20, 2004 14:53:14
Hmm... I have to try to do that, to see if it would work. Thanks for advice.
#280

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 20, 2004 21:49:57
"Not a problem."
#281

codrian

Jul 21, 2004 3:36:59
Well, how do you wind down?
#282

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 21, 2004 20:40:29
"Primarily I will saddle up my horse Lakilea and go riding outside of the city. However, I also enjoy dining with friends at the Last Lich."
#283

codrian

Jul 22, 2004 3:24:42
I take that there are no dangers in immediate vicinity of city, so that going for rides or walks by oneself is secure.

Thinks for a moment.

Maybe we could dine together sometimes, I stop occasionally at LLI as well.
#284

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 22, 2004 15:13:02
"It is better than eating alone. Just drop a message with the duty clerk up front whenever you want to have a meal and friendly company."
#285

codrian

Jul 22, 2004 16:35:02
Food for body... and for thought as well. Thanks for your offer, I will surely remember it.
#286

codrian

Jul 24, 2004 16:22:50
Walks over to the rack of staves and returns the one he borrowed to there.

Speaking of food... I think I should be going to make it to the marketplace before everyone packs up and goes home. Mrs Weatherby asked me to bring some things for the dinner.

Makes a small bow to Darkar.

So, on that thread, I will be leaving. It was nice talking to you, Darkar.
#287

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 27, 2004 17:42:21
"It was nice speaking to you as well Codrian, have a good day."
#288

silmarwen_dup

Jul 27, 2004 23:38:36
Silmarwen mets back up Jalen and finds out the difficulties that the young man had with the two items on the list.

[color=blue].oO(I never had trouble obtaining bodark wood before. It was in abundance in Fis-Rua-tae......)

Silmarwen specifies what she wants in the censure, and sends Jalen back out to fetch that. Silmarwen then moves out of the compound thinking of a way to obtain the wood that she needs.
[/color]
#289

thosar_lueque

Jul 28, 2004 0:36:04
*Approaching the Jackal compound, Thosar feels a sense of swirling memories, none of which dance close enough to the light, but he feels he knows this place.*

.oO(Somewhere in the past... someone I cared for was lost here. It took them from me...)

*The elf pauses for a moment before climbing the stairs and coming before a desk. A few Jackals mill about, going this way and that. A pair of young recruits talk to one side of the desk. They appear to be discussing an instructor and Thosar hears Gamis' name. He turns their direction for a moment before looking at the clerk behind the desk.*

"I'm looking for Darkar Shadowood."

*The clerk focuses on the elf for a moment.*

"Sir Darkar Shadowood is in the training hall. Follow the corridor to your right and take the second left."

*The elf nods and follows the directions.*

.oO(I'll have to keep that in mind. He has certainly earned it.)

*Making his way to the training hall, Thosar scans for his elf friend.*
#290

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 28, 2004 0:38:27
Wiping his face with a towel Darkar looks up and sees a familar face. Waving at the door Darkar stands so that Thosar can see him better.
#291

thosar_lueque

Jul 28, 2004 0:41:41
*There, to the side of some training dummies, he sees him. With a wave, Thosar walks toward his long-friend.*

"Hail Sir Darkar. Long time no see my friend. How are you?"

*Thosar grasps his friend's hand and shoulder.*
#292

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 28, 2004 0:46:21
Retuning the embrace he smiles but grimaces slightly at the mention of his knighted title

"I am good, and you? Oh and you need not call me sir. It is for the other here to use, or for a formal setting. I do not require my friends to use it."
#293

thosar_lueque

Jul 28, 2004 0:55:00
*With a nod of acknowledgement Thosar smiles.*

"I am good."

*Leaning back the elf looks about the training hall, then back at his friend.*

"Keeping you busy are they?"

*With a wink, Thosar continues.*

"We have much to catch up on but there is something I'd like to ask of you first..."

*Breaking into the conversation, a yawn escapes Thosar's mouth. After a pause, he continues*

"Excuse me. I am mighty tired as of late. It seems to be a mound that has been building on me as time goes in."

"I don't think I have learned all of the technique that I need in order to trance as I should. I have come to ask your help in perfecting the art."


*With a pause the elf looks somewhat shameful.*
#294

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 28, 2004 1:02:10
"Is that all? That should not be a problem, perhaps if I could watch you attempt it I could find out what it bothering you."
#295

thosar_lueque

Jul 28, 2004 1:10:12
"That sounds splendid."

*Thosar glances around and notices that the training hall is virtually empty. With a nod he takes a seat on the floor and motions for Darkar to do so.*

"Just bear in mind that I am a novice."

*With that Thosar folds his legs and cradles his arms in his lap. His eyes close and his breathing begins to roll; steady in and out. His hands in fists, the elf seems to be comfortable for a few moments, then his breathing becomes more shallow and his hands open, as if to grip unseen items, though his arms do not move. After a few moments, he opens his eyes and looks at Darkar.*

"I can't seem to find an area of comfort, as you described it to me before. What am I doing wrong?"
#296

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 28, 2004 22:38:31
"Your form is good, but you seem tense and it is hard for the mind to enter a reflective state with the body geared up."
#297

thosar_lueque

Jul 30, 2004 17:59:49
*Still sitting, Thosar's brow furrows. He looks to the ground in thought.*

"At first, I try not to think of anything. That works for a short while, then I try to think of something calming to get into a deeper trance."

*Looking back at Darkar.*

"Is it more a matter not thinking and maintaining the breathing and posture, or should I think of something calming?"
#298

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 30, 2004 18:20:39
"Try this on for size when thinking, and perhaps pondering the answer will tie up your mind while your body rests.
A conundrum should cause your mind to have a singular focus, and thus make it eaiser for you to maintain your trance. Now what is a good question for you think upon.


Thinks for a moment before smiling and speaks

"If a tree falls in the woods, and no one is around to hear does it make a sound?"
#299

thosar_lueque

Jul 31, 2004 0:44:46
*Looking back at the floor, the elf repeats the phrase.*

"If a tree falls in the woods, and no one is around to hear it, does it make a sound?"

*Assuming his posture again, Thosar closes his eyes and begins his rhythmic breathing. A few moments pass calmly, then, just for a moment, his hands clench tightly and open. After a few seconds of clenching, his fingers become loose again and his breathing resumes its pattern. A few minutes later it is doubtful he will come out of the trance without prodding.*
#300

zombiegleemax

Jul 31, 2004 17:21:23
From Palace

It had taken a few questions, but Thref had eventually found his way to Sir Darkar Shadowood's room. Funny that Codrian had never mentioned the honorific.

He had been told another was with him, so he might have to wait. If that was the case, at least the elf would know he was here. He knocked softly on the door so as not to interrupt anything, but to still allow Darkar to hear the call.
#301

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 31, 2004 17:28:20
Hearing a knock on his door, Darkar rises and opens the door. Not seeing anyone he scans the hallway left and then right. Catching something out of the corner of his eye he looks down to see Threfdil.

"Ah, Threfdil I have not seen you in ages. Please come in."

He shows Threfdil to a seat inside the office.

"So what brings you here today?"
#302

zombiegleemax

Jul 31, 2004 17:30:11
Thref takes the seat gladly.

Oi've come ta see if'n ye could answer some questions.

About...about the 'Unt Manelevins. Oi've bin told ye were the person ta ask.

Cin ye 'elp me?
#303

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 31, 2004 17:39:25
"I was there, at Hents Manalevins, and saw some of what happened there. However before I could tell you anything I would need you to swear an oath before Thalos not to repeat anything I reveal once you leave these walls. Most of the information is not public knowledge and should remain that way."
#304

zombiegleemax

Jul 31, 2004 17:42:27
"Such things must be awful for ye to be keepin' it from the public.

Ye 'ave me oath."


Before Agathalos, I swear to speak none of what I hear about the Hunt Manelevins from sources within the Jackals without their leave.


Thref raises his eyebrows briefly.

Oi ferget if'n ye cin understand Celestial 'r not, me boyo. But if'n ye can't, Oi will say nothing without yer leave. Will that be enough?
#305

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 31, 2004 17:51:05
"I do not understand celestial, but I understand that from Marroc that you can be trusted if you give your word. Now what did you want to know?"
#306

zombiegleemax

Jul 31, 2004 17:53:15
"As much as Oi cin. But more specifically, Oi'm lookin' fer any information ye may 'ave about Sir Allegion. Where 'e was when 'e was captured, any clue as to 'is captors, that sort o' thing.

Oi'm gonna go 'n get 'im."
#307

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 31, 2004 18:07:50
"I was not with Sir Allegion when he disappeared, and I only have the report from the last person to see him, Juste the man who won the joust last year, to go on. Will that information be of any use to you?

Also Lord Malifaeyr was not certain why Sir Allegion was not ransomed with the others. He is trying to learn something about that matter, but I have not heard anything about that.
#308

zombiegleemax

Jul 31, 2004 18:09:51
It moight. Couldn't 'urt.

It is obvious that Thref is disappointed to hear this.

The other's were ransomed? Oi don' think Oi'd heard that yet. But is no matter; just means Oi only 'ave one person ta think about whoile Oi'm there.

'N whatever ye cin tell me about the area, as well, if'n ye don' moind.
#309

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 31, 2004 18:27:17
"The fort is up in a mountain pass three days north and east of the city. The main road to the fort is heavily guarded and recently new walls were errected in the past few weeks making it more difficult get in.

There is a back way to the fort, but it is a very narrow way, and a ravine with a steep drop seperates the last bit of the way to pass. Also there is a difficult climb right before the fort, and it is guarded. It is very difficult for someone to reach the fort alone now, and smaller groups might be spotted. It is not advisible to go there at this time.
#310

zombiegleemax

Jul 31, 2004 18:31:46
Loudly, thref replies.

'n when would it be advisable, Oi wonder?

Thref realizes he's snapped, and calms himself.

Oi'm sorry, Darkar. Oi'm still dealin' with a loss, and Oi'd 'oped Sir Allegion could 'elp me with it. 'E needs ta be returned. Oi don't think Oi cin wait for the city lords ta decide ta do something about it.
#311

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 31, 2004 18:54:53
"We are lacking in information at the moment is the main problem, and without it we are likely to pay too much in personel for a rescue.

I am not saying I am against rescuing him, but what is the point when it is more likely that you will caught or killed than successful.

Lord Malifaeyr does not want him left there either, but if he can get Sir Allegion safely returned without loss of more life it would be better for everyone.
#312

zombiegleemax

Jul 31, 2004 18:58:02
What kind of information are you lacking? Per'aps Oi could at least 'elp you in that regard.
#313

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 31, 2004 19:06:19
For starters we do not really know where Sir Allegion is or why they still are keeping him. Lord Malifaeyr was looking into the matter personally, but he might be willing to have someone help in that matter.

Also we have another member of the Silver Sword scouting the pass for us. He is careful to stay hidden and away from danger. Then there is the matter of the pass itself. Servants of Demmion have come in and dominated the orcs that we were going to drive out.

Their numbers and strength suggest that they intend to hold the pass as long as possible, but we are not entirely sure as to why. Ideas have been presented, but Lord Malifaeyr thinks that we are missing an important piece of information that will explain much.
#314

zombiegleemax

Jul 31, 2004 19:17:00
Another member? Oi'm not exactly a member meself anymore. Not sure Oi ever really was, since Oi didn't pay me first dues. Oi am curious as to 'oo is out there.

But Oi'd certainly be willin' ta do whatever it takes. If'n ye and the Lord would be willin' ta let me.
#315

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jul 31, 2004 19:29:05
"If you can give me a few days to check around and to confir with Lord Malifaeyr, I will attempt to find something of use for you to do for us. I can not promise anything, but I do not see any reason for us not to use your help Threfdil."
#316

zombiegleemax

Jul 31, 2004 19:36:49
Oi cin do that.

Thank you for your help, Sir Darkar. Oi will await yer word.

Thref nods his head slightly as he stands and readies to leave.
#317

darkar_shadowood_dup

Aug 01, 2004 18:16:22
Darkar waits ten minutes to see if Thosar has indeed fallen into a trance. Not seeing any signs that Thosar is going to come out of it any time soon. He moves over and gently shakes the elf.

"I think you got it that time Thosar."
#318

thosar_lueque

Aug 02, 2004 1:16:57
*Thosar's eyes open and he blinks a few times before responding.*

"I guess I did."

"Thanks for the help Darkar. I'm not sure I'm out of the woods yet but at least I'm making progress."


*Standing, the elf nods to his friend, then his face goes grim.*

"Any new information from the pass?"
#319

jace_cornwall

Aug 05, 2004 15:13:43
*Walks into the compound and sees, that it has felt a large blow to its pride. The place was great once, it is still great but there are signs of decline*

.oO(mmm they have suffered)

*Upon spotting a few young men, speaking to one another, Jace turns his direction towards them. They turn towards Jace when they here his foot steps.*

"I am looking for Sir Darkar Shadowood, where might I find him."

"He is threw that door down the corridor and first door on the right. Be respectful."

Jaces lips form the words .oO(be respectful?)

"Have I shown my self to be disrespectful?"

"No, you have shown respect but keep that respect."

*Jace, as normal when in such a situation Jaces eyebrow knitt together. He then inclins his head and heads for Darkar. Jace finds the door easily enough, and knocks.*
#320

darkar_shadowood_dup

Aug 06, 2004 14:11:39
Originally posted by Thosar Lueque
"Any new information from the pass?"

Nothing new has come to me about the pass, however Hermy and myself went to view the fort and saw that they were magically building new walls for defense.
#321

darkar_shadowood_dup

Aug 06, 2004 14:20:49
Hearing a knock at his door, Darkar takes a moment and straightens up his desk before announcing it is alright to enter. Reading several reports at once had given the appearance of a messy desktop even though it was not that bad.

"Enter."

As the door opens Darkar is greeted by the sight of a short thick man with skin even darker than his own. Noting to himself that this is someone not wearing the colors of someone in training or wearing a pin from the Silver Sword leads him to wonder why the man is here.

"Can I help you with something?"
#322

jace_cornwall

Aug 07, 2004 3:25:10
*Jace opens the door, steps threw and gives a small bow to the elf sitting at the mildly messy desk*

"Sir Darkar Shadowood?"

*The Elf inclines his head to accent*

"I am new to this city and looking for employ. I spoke with a man at the desk and he said it would be fine if I came back, to seek you out. I have been considering joining the Jackels, the SSAG, or possible the Thalos church. I have just came from the guild to learn more of what would be axpected of me, what I would get in return, and what sort of things would i be doing....I was hoping you may help me with such things.3

*Jace waites standing still about 4 feet away from the front of the desk.*
#323

darkar_shadowood_dup

Aug 10, 2004 21:59:50
"And you would be?"

This appears to be a sincere question instead of a rude retort.
#324

jace_cornwall

Aug 11, 2004 13:38:42
*Jace opens and closes his mouth, and blinks. His lips form the words "how did I forget that...."*

"excuse my rudeness.....my name is Jace Cornwall. I was at a time a city guard, in a very far away city."

*shuts his mouth and waits the answer*
#325

darkar_shadowood_dup

Aug 11, 2004 22:09:57
"Please sit." as he motions to a chair.

"As I am sure that they told you at the Silver Sword, they now require some form of notable service to the city before allowing you to join.

They have a growing reputation as a reliable force that will come to the aid of the city. I myself was once a member before I joined the Jackals.

The Jackals are the elite force of Lord Malifaeyr, serving only him. In the past it was required to take a vow of chastity, and foreswear all other associations, but quiet recently that requirement has been lifted. The vow of chastity that is.

Still the Jackals are required to swear oaths to Thalos swearing only to serve Lord Malifaeyr and his will. At the moment several members of the Silver Sword are assisting with the training of the new recruits who are all squires.

There is a barracks that most of the soldiers share, excellent training facillaties, mess hall, and there is a doctor around here somewhere as well. I have only visited the man once.

So what interests you in considering joining the Jackals, Jace?"
#326

jace_cornwall

Aug 12, 2004 4:01:36
*sits when asked*

"I belive that working for the churches pernamently is not something I wish to do....I am not as you would say a church going man. I honor both the mother and thalos....but I belive that going to the church and serving its needs are not what they definitly want, so I doubt that the churches will hold my intrest. I am intrested in going out and adventuring. Doing the general good but I am no paladin, holding onto the skirt tails of the church is not for me. I was wondering what sort of actions I would be doing if i was to join the jackels....whats expected of me, what will be given back to me, what I will have accese to. I will not lie to you I am seriously considering joining the Silver sword....with everything i have access to. The only dark part in my eyes is the price to join. So what can you tell me? I am all ears."
#327

jace_cornwall

Aug 13, 2004 8:38:38
"Thank you for your time, Sir Darkar...you will recieve my desicion of wether I will be come a part of the Jackels or not. If every you are in need of one whom can both fight and move without being seen....I beg of you to think of me. Once again I am honored for your time."

after the conversation with Darkar, Jace bows his self from the room

I would still like to finish the conversation in character so continue as if this post had not happened. I do not wish to fall to far behind within the rest of the city. Our time zone diffrences make it difficult.

exits to church of thalos
#328

darkar_shadowood_dup

Aug 15, 2004 19:25:32
Originally posted by Jace Cornwall
"I belive that working for the churches pernamently is not something I wish to do....I am not as you would say a church going man. I honor both the mother and thalos....but I belive that going to the church and serving its needs are not what they definitly want, so I doubt that the churches will hold my intrest.

Darkar takes some paper and makes notes to himself. "Not a highly religous person, perhaps only paying lip service or enough to hope that he will gain help if he asks from the church."

Originally posted by Jace Cornwall
I am intrested in going out and adventuring. Doing the general good but I am no paladin, holding onto the skirt tails of the church is not for me. I was wondering what sort of actions I would be doing if i was to join the jackels....whats expected of me, what will be given back to me, what I will have accese to. I will not lie to you I am seriously considering joining the Silver sword....with everything i have access to. The only dark part in my eyes is the price to join. So what can you tell me? I am all ears."

"Seems to have an intense dislike of paladins, and would probably difficult for Gamis and Da'Vane to teach. Listening and comprehending do not seem to be his strong points, so he would have difficultly working with Hermy teaching scouts." Pausing here he stops to speak again to Jace.

"Perhaps I was not entirely clear, the Jackals are the elite force of Lord Malifaeyr serving him and carrying out his orders. Right now were are training new recruits to fill in the void that was left after our last defeat. The recruits all share rooms in the barracks, have access to the training facilities, mess hall, and the doctor. We are placing people according to talents, and abilities. Knowing what you are good at and have skill in would help determine what you would do."

Watching the young man closely Darkar tries to gage his response and is prepared to take more notes.
#329

jace_cornwall

Aug 17, 2004 12:58:46
*gives a slight frown at the sight of Darkar making notes*

.oO(man that always gets me nervous)

Perhaps I was not entirely clear, the Jackals are the elite force of Lord Malifaeyr serving him and carrying out his orders.

*sholders droop slightly, but sits patienly until Darkar pauses. from here Jace's eyes lock with Darkar's. not leaving them once dring his speach and not once blinking*

"I think I may have put my question the wrong way....I have never heard of Lord Malifaeyr.... so I do not know his deads...I was wondering the sort of orders he gives...do the Jackels act as a sort of police force, similar to the city guard. Or do they protect the area form attackers. I can also speak Drarven, and Orc. I am rather good at moving about unseen, seeing what is hidden, listening to what doesn't whant to be heard. I can also hold my own in a battle, *pats his sword hilt*. I am not to accomplished treking in the wilderness. twas hell getting here on foot. I lost a more then a bit of weight on the way, but I kind of like not having to carry around an extra 15 pounds. I do not have much in craft skills, but I wish to some day learn blacksmithing. but for now I am content"

*blink*
#330

darkar_shadowood_dup

Aug 31, 2004 11:11:34
patienly until Darkar pauses. from here Jace's eyes lock with Darkar's. not leaving them once dring his speach and not once blinking*

"I think I may have put my question the wrong way....I have never heard of Lord Malifaeyr.... so I do not know his deads...I was wondering the sort of orders he gives...do the Jackels act as a sort of police force, similar to the city guard. Or do they protect the area form attackers. I can also speak Drarven, and Orc. I am rather good at moving about unseen, seeing what is hidden, listening to what doesn't whant to be heard. I can also hold my own in a battle, *pats his sword hilt*. I am not to accomplished treking in the wilderness. twas hell getting here on foot. I lost a more then a bit of weight on the way, but I kind of like not having to carry around an extra 15 pounds. I do not have much in craft skills, but I wish to some day learn blacksmithing. but for now I am content"
*blink*

----------------------

Pausing in his writing Darkar considers his next words carefully trying to size up Jace for what his potential might be despite negative first impressions.

"Lord Malifaeyr is one of the three Lords of Garic's city. They have been charged with overseeing the city and help provide protection from threatening forces. The Jackal Order is the one of the many tools that Lord Malifaeyr employs to that effect.

Understanding orc can be a good thing right now. Currently we are trying to find out what a group of orcs and Demmonites are up to near the city. Those who can understand orc might have a better chance of infiltrating with a disguise and might learn more. However that will be extremely dangerous work, because if they are caught torture and death seems likely.

Sir Hermy Woodholme of the Silver Sword is training scouts for Lord Malifaeyr because of his considerable skills and reputation of getting the job done. Perhaps if you are further interested in joining you will work closely with him.

Does that answer your question better?"


Darkar stares intently at Jace trying to gauge his reactions.
--------------------------

*Once again Jace makes the odd eye contact with Darkar.*

"Well Sir Darkar, I belive that it does answer my question very well, and I appologise that my earlier questions were not quite accurate to my goals but I think that has been fixed. As for the orc problem, i would be willing to assist in infiltration but i will need to have much more practice, and experince before i ever considered entering a orc compound solo. But in the future when my skills have improved, I belive that I would be willing to do such a thing. I belive that I have discovered what I wished to. Is there anything else that you wish to know about me, or anything that i should know before I leave?"

*Jaces eyebrows scale his forhead a little way, followed by a blink*

"No nothing that I can recall, if you decide to join up there will some paperwork to file so that we can contact family incase of tradgey. Formal things like that."

Stands up and offers his hand to Jace

"It was interesting to meet you Jace, and I hope to hear from you again soon."
-------

*Shakes Darkars hand in return*

Thank you for your time, and I will be getting back to you, whenever I have made my decision one way or the other. And if I can ever be of use to you weather I am a Jackel or not, I would be of service. If I gain information about the orcs, I shall let you know. I hope you have a good day.

*Jace gives his slight bow and leaves the room closing the door behind him.*
#331

jace_cornwall

Sep 07, 2004 22:44:27
A few days after Jace leaves a letter finds its way into Darkars office it reads

I have just returned from a adventure where me and three other men killed a band of orcs. There was also a she Gnoll. I attempted to capture one so you may speak with it but I was nearly killed during the combat and my companions did not save one for me. They were easily within a four hour march from the gates. They were not powerful and did not seem to be of any cult, but I am ignorant to the group you mentioned in our meeting. If you have any questions send a letter to me at Weathrerbys boaring house. Thank you.

Jace Cornwall
#332

darkar_shadowood_dup

Sep 09, 2004 17:12:29
Darkar receives the letter that Jace wrote him and sends some of the new scouts to go investigate the area and then to return quickly with any information. Darkar stresses they are not to fight unless it is unavoidable. Information is important and gathering it safely is more important than dispersing of orcs.
#333

darkar_shadowood_dup

Sep 10, 2004 16:56:54
Leaving the compound dressed only is casual wear for the Jackals, Darkar goes to stretch his legs hoping that venture about will break the malaise that he has been in as of late.
#334

zombiegleemax

Sep 24, 2004 22:47:24
Ridiculous. This is simply ridiculous!

Hearing the expostulations of the supply sergeant, the junior clerks nearby become deeply engrossed in their work.

The sergeant storms out of the storeroom, collars a slow-reacting clerk, and demands the equipment tally sheets.

On the double, mister! And whatever you were doing before, forget it! We're taking inventory. And you, you, and you! You're in this, too!
#335

darkar_shadowood_dup

Sep 24, 2004 22:55:18
Walking in Darkar looks at the current scene in a bit of awe. The clerks are running about looking busy, or hard at work with reports and paperwork.

.oO(An inspection by Lord Malifaeyr perhaps?)
#336

zombiegleemax

Sep 24, 2004 22:59:49
"Oh, Sir Shadowood! Sorry to bother you sir," says the clerk approaching him. "But you see, sir, I need to ask everyone if, perhaps, by your leave, you've taken any equipment? Perhaps for training the new recruits? or... something?"

The clerk waits anxiously, wringing his hands, for the elf's reply.
#337

darkar_shadowood_dup

Sep 24, 2004 23:06:03
Thinks for a moment before responding.

"The only equipment that I have used is a lance for the Joust last spring, and the chainmail barding for Lakilea. The lance I returned after the tournament. Why the sudden inventory check? I thought that was supposed to happen at the start of winter?
#338

zombiegleemax

Sep 24, 2004 23:08:56
The clerk moves his jaw soundlessly before stammering a reply.

"Y-you'd best ask the s-supply sergeant yourself, s-sir. I wouldn't want to say anything... inappropriate."
#339

darkar_shadowood_dup

Sep 24, 2004 23:14:26
"I will do that then."

Quickly he heads off to the armoury in search of the sergeant. Spotting him barking orders and looking rather uptight, Darkar approachs quietly.

"Sergeant."

Darkar waits for the man to respond, properly.
#340

zombiegleemax

Sep 24, 2004 23:18:32
The sergeant turns with a jerky movement, glaring at Darkar for a moment. He breathes in, nostrils flaring, as he visibly controls himself.

G'd'afternoon, Sir Shadowood. Sorry for the confusion here. Bit of a problem, I'm afraid.
#341

darkar_shadowood_dup

Sep 24, 2004 23:24:45
"Besides all the clerks running about unnerved by the early inventory? I just had an extremely nervous one ask me what items if any did I have out of the amroury. Many are not doing their regular duties, this better be a serious problem sergeant."
#342

zombiegleemax

Sep 24, 2004 23:28:02
Aye, Sir Shadowood, it's serious alright. I've discovered inconsistencies, as m'Lord would call it.

He looks at Darkar, then back at the gaggle of clerks counting and recounting the spears.

I've found we haven't got all the equipment the tally sheets say we do.
#343

darkar_shadowood_dup

Sep 24, 2004 23:31:05
"How much equipment is missing? The inventory after returning from the pass was painstakingly tedious. I would hate to have all this turmoil for few swords, and spears not properly checked out.
#344

zombiegleemax

Sep 24, 2004 23:38:44
If you'd step into my office, Sir, where we could discuss this privately.

The sergeant leads Darkar to the glorified closet he calls his office. There is room for the desk and two chairs, but no doubt a guest of greater than elven stature would fear for the safety of his knees.

Sir, it's true we're not missing cartloads of swords, but we seem to be missing some of just about everything. It's, well, it's suspicious.

You wouldn't think someone could walk off with half a dozen spears, much less do it more than once, but... Sir... I think there's a thief.
#345

darkar_shadowood_dup

Sep 24, 2004 23:42:44
"It seems to be happening repeatedly? Meaning that the equipment did not all disappear at once?"

He muses silently.

"Alright this is a serious charge. Do you have any ideas on who or did you need my help trying to track down this thief or thieves?"
#346

zombiegleemax

Sep 24, 2004 23:47:56
I didn't even realize things were going missing, until I walked in and saw we hadn't filled spear rack three yet.

Shaking his head miserably, the sergeant replies, I thought all my clerks were trustworthy. I haven't a clue as to who the thief is.

Maybe it isn't even someone from my department, I don't know.

Do you think you might be able to figure out who's doing this? Whoever it is, he's a traitor, to the Jackals and to the City!
#347

darkar_shadowood_dup

Sep 24, 2004 23:54:56
"Take the records and go over them. Look for patterns and odd occurances. Say Smithe always comes and checks out a weapon when Johnson is at the books. Or Franks comes to the armoury frequently. Things like that are suspicious and potentially could be a suspect. Leave anything you find with only Silmarwen, Jalen, or myself. I will try and find out something from people I know. For now let everyone think it was just an oversight. I do not want to scare our thief away, in fact I prefer to catch them in the act."
#348

darkar_shadowood_dup

Sep 25, 2004 18:10:11
Leaving the sergeant's office, Darkar hurries back to his quarters and dons a big cloak and his magic hat. With the hood up and head down, Darkar attempts to conceal his identity as he leaves the compound through a back way.
#349

darkar_shadowood_dup

Sep 25, 2004 20:20:59
Dropping his things in his quarters, Darkar makes his way out the front and travels to the Last Lich for his meeting with Boirin.
#350

darkar_shadowood_dup

Sep 29, 2004 21:26:41
Returns to his office and plans on spending the night there in case the sergeant uncovers any leads.
#351

kneyejailb

Oct 02, 2004 20:06:12
There isn't a report from the sargeant, but Darkar is handed several reports concerning recent activities of the Jackals scouts.

They report the area immediately around Garics is remarkably quiet.
#352

zombiegleemax

Oct 03, 2004 19:45:02
Cornering Darkar in his office, the supply sergeant reports miserably, I'm no closer to guessing who the culprit is, but it must be an inside job. My personal records show that I ordered certain amounts, and paid for them, but the files are showing less!

If... if you don't catch whoever it is, I'll be accused of skimming.
#353

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 03, 2004 19:55:13
Nods along at the sergeant's lament.

"Let's look over everything together perhaps you missed something. You have been working at it for a long time, and perhaps some fresh perspective will help."
#354

zombiegleemax

Oct 03, 2004 20:10:03
Scanning the sergeant's personal ledger, and a handful of purchase orders and receiving records, Darkar is unable to tell if anything has been falsified.
#355

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 03, 2004 20:22:30
"Nothing seems out of the ordinary..... I can think of two possibilities. One the weapons are being handed out and disappearing. Do we keep a ledger of who receives what weapon, and when it is returned? We should check those against you orders here to see who comes by when the new shipments come in.

The other possibility is that the weapons never make it into the compound when delivered. We should check what was ordered against what was received. If we are not counting the weapons as they come in we could be having an outside problem."
#356

zombiegleemax

Oct 05, 2004 23:06:54
These purchase orders and receipts are just a sample, Sir. As you can see, everything matches. All the others are just the same.

But what's in the stores now is less than what I ordered and paid for, but I only have my own records to prove I ordered as much as I say I ordered...


He shakes his head in confusion.

None of the weapons are being checked out by anyone who'd have any reason to have access to the files. Only the clerks handle the files.
#357

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 06, 2004 16:23:05
"This is going to be difficult task, but do not lose hope sergeant. Do we have the weapons that we buy marked in any special way to signify that they are property of the Jackals?"
#358

zombiegleemax

Oct 06, 2004 17:03:25
Yes, as a matter of fact, they're all marked with our symbol.
#359

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 06, 2004 17:23:38
"I will investigate the Iron Wolf, and other places that sell and buy weapons to see if any of the weapons are being sold. I would doubt the Iron Wolf because the shopkeep seems very trustworthy, but I will not rule it out. Where exactly would I look for the mark on the weapons?"
#360

zombiegleemax

Oct 06, 2004 18:14:24
The sergeant nods, and explains where the marks are put on the different types of weapons.

Who would know where stolen weapons are being sold?
#361

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 06, 2004 19:03:56
"I have recruited some outside help, those who have the ability that I would not to hear things I might not hear. Hopefully they can help find leads for us."
#362

zombiegleemax

Oct 06, 2004 19:48:41
I see; well, I'm sure you wouldn't work with someone who might be inclined to run off at the mouth.

The sergeant gets to his feet, salutes Darkar, and thanks him for his help.

If I see anything, I'll let you know immediately.
#363

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 06, 2004 20:28:07
After the meeting with the sergeant, Darkar takes a brief respite, before hurrying to the Silver Sword to meet with Boirin at dawn.
#364

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 10, 2004 23:40:32
Stopping by and getting some breakfast is the first priority for Darkar. Eggs, potatoes, and sweet rolls are what he choses. Pouring some hot tea to drink Darkar sits down near the door quietly eating.
#365

dravenous_dup

Oct 10, 2004 23:46:08
[From Chapterhouse]

Dravenous walks around asking Jackal members trying to find out where the sargeant in charge of the armory is.
#366

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 10, 2004 23:52:44
Finishing his breakfast Darkar starts to walk back to his office when he hears someone inquiring about where to find the sergeant from the armoury.

"I can help you find the sergeant. May I ask what this is regarding?"
#367

dravenous_dup

Oct 11, 2004 0:03:17
Turning toward the new face the expert says, "Thank you, my name is Dravenous and I am with the city guard. While on patrol I saw a man dragging a bag into a warehouse. When I got closer I overheard a conversation between him and a person that was guarding the door."

"In the conversation the man said that he was having trouble getting something out without a sergeant finding out. Afterwards I followed the man through the streets and to one of the side doors into the palace."

"I have already informed a palace guardsman of this so I also wanted to inform the Jackals of it."
#368

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 11, 2004 0:07:19
Darkar is listening polietly until Dravenous gets to the part about the trouble and the sergeant. Quickly he speaks over what Dravenous is saying so that no one can listen.

"I see, if you come with me please, I will see if we can work out your grievance without further incident."

Darkar motions Dravenous to follow quickly as he leads the guardsman to his office.
#369

dravenous_dup

Oct 11, 2004 0:16:20
A little bewildered Dravenous obeys Darkar. When they get to the room Dravenous asks, "What is going on?"
#370

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 11, 2004 0:22:44
"Sorry to cut you off so abrutly Dravenous. The sergeant contacted the other day about the missing weapons, and we do not know who the person is that is sneaking the weapons out. That close to the mess hall and the front desk would allow the word to spread quickly through the compound, and possibly spook the culprit. We are attempting to catch them and whoever is assisting them.

I am Sir Darkar Shadowood, Knight Commander, in charge of this investigation. It seems that you, Dravenous have vital information that could help wrap this case up quickly. If you would could repeat what you were telling me in the hallway."
#371

dravenous_dup

Oct 11, 2004 0:41:42
"I have already informed a palace guardsman of this so I also wanted to inform the Jackals of it.

Dravenous nods and retells his story, "Of course, Sir. Well as I said I followed a man draggin a bag into warehouse where he met with a person that was guarding the door."

"The man with the bag sounded as if he were scared of being caught taking things by a sergeant, but the guard insisted that he must continue to steal items."

"I was not able to see inside, but I think I heard more than just those two inside the building. I am not sure though."

"Afterwards I followed the first man, who no longer had the bag, to the palace. Where he entered through I side door." The guardsman then adds with some urgency, "Also I'm sorry about this, but there might be a problem with trying to keep it a secret since after the man had entered the palace, I told a palace guard named Randal the same story I told you."
#372

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 11, 2004 0:45:49
"Hmmm, I will have to look into Randal and see about trying to keep this as quiet. Did you get a good look at the person dragging the bag?"
#373

dravenous_dup

Oct 11, 2004 0:53:18
"I didn't ever get a good look at his face, I wasn't able to get that close to him when I was following him. Maybe if I saw him again I would recognize him, but I am not sure."
#374

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 11, 2004 0:58:29
"We can do that tomorrow, some of the people that work in the armoury have been out sick, and it would not do any good without all of them here. Perhaps if you take me by that warehouse later today. I can get some ideas on what to do next."
#375

dravenous_dup

Oct 11, 2004 1:09:28
"Yes, sir. I will at least be able to show you to the warehouse."
#376

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 12, 2004 0:07:53
"We will walk by the warehouse and note the address. The we should see if there is anything else we can find out about the building, most importantly who owns it. Information like that can be handy for us."

When Dravenous is ready, Darkar follows him to the warehouse.
#377

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 12, 2004 19:31:31
Darkar works on tracking down the guard Randal, and trying to convince him to keep forget about the meeting with Dravenous so that the investigation can go unhindered as much as possible.
#378

zombiegleemax

Oct 12, 2004 22:56:16
It takes little effort on Darkar's part to find Randal.

"Well, Sir Shadowood, the thing is I already filed a report on that Dravenous guy."

Randal looks uncomfortable, "I was just doing my job, Sir..."
#379

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 13, 2004 16:04:29
"No, I can not fault you for following proper procedure. Which clerks did you file the report with. Hopefully, I can track them down quickly."
#380

zombiegleemax

Oct 13, 2004 17:15:41
"Um," Randal scratches the back of his head, "I wrote my report and put it in the night box. I dunno which clerk picks those up.

Sorry, Sir."
#381

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 13, 2004 19:45:19
"Alright, I will track down the report myself Randal, good work the other night."

Darkar starts first by tracking down the night box, and then starts asking around who picked up the reports the night in question..
#382

zombiegleemax

Oct 15, 2004 1:59:51
In short order, Darkar has found the clerk that picked up the reports, and has been shown that the reports have been neatly filed and logged.
#383

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 15, 2004 17:52:31
Darkar explains that he has an investigation that needs the information Randal's report for the date he encountered Dravenous, and that the information is sensitive requiring secrecy. He makes a request for the report and all of its copies.
#384

zombiegleemax

Oct 15, 2004 18:36:05
"I could not possibly tear or cut up the log book! I can give you the original report, though.

And besides, the log book is kept under lock and key."
#385

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 15, 2004 18:49:28
"I guess that I will have to make do with the original then. If anyone else inquires about the report can you let me know?"
#386

zombiegleemax

Oct 15, 2004 19:00:39
"Yes, yes I can do that."

The clerk makes a note for himself, tucking it in his pocket.

"Good luck with your investigation, Sir."
#387

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 15, 2004 19:07:09
Darkar thanks the clerk and then goes to ask Jalen a question about tracking down the owner of the warehouse.
#388

zombiegleemax

Oct 15, 2004 21:42:56
Jalen amble slowly from the Jackal compound to inquire from the tax office to find out who owns the warehouse noted of the suspicous activity by the guardsman Dravenous.
#389

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 19, 2004 19:26:16
Darkar after reading the report, takes it carefully and locks it inside the chest inside his room. Strangely he finds some scrolls that he remembers finding on Praen, but apparently forgot about. Taking those he makes a mental note to drop those off to Kywyn and NaShae when he gets the chance.
#390

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 19, 2004 21:41:56
Darkar spends the time reviewing what he knows. The weapons are disappearing out of the armoury, under the watch of the sergeant. Dravenous a city guard came across a man dragging a bag to a warehouse. He overhears a conversation mentioning difficulty sneaking things out past a sarge. Having seen the warehouse, but not a good look at the man leaves them a direction to go, but still the thief is unknown to them.

Randal a watchman also encountered Dravenous. He saw Dravenous, perhaps he saw who the guard was following. Silently he berates himself for forgetting to ask that. Also Darkar thinks he should check with the sergeant on who was working that night in question. Perhaps it could narrow the suspects down.

He sent Jalen to request from the tax offices who owns the warehouse in question. The information should arrive to Volos at the Silver Sword. With Dravenous, Tensek, and Boirin there should be enough of them to watch the warehouse at all hours of the day. Perhaps they can determine how many are working at the warehouse, and try to determine who is involved in the theft from the Jackals.

Also if they can determine a pattern of the drops, and plan a trap that catches all involved. Hopefully Darkar muses they can recover the weapons, and wrap this up neatly. He does not want to cause a mess that can be potentially embarssing for Lord Malifaeyr, and the Jackals.

But what do they do if the thief decides to lay low due to the increased suspision of the sergeant? I could relieve the sergeant of duty and taken to the guards for questioning, Dravenous might be a help in that. The problem though, the sergeant seems rather stiff and unimaginative. Darkar doubts he could pull off the necessary emotion off over removal from duty to lay a trap. Perhaps if he did not tell the man until arrival at the guardhouse? A potential maybe.

Getting up Darkar has a runner go and fetch the armoury sergeant to visit him in his office.
#391

zombiegleemax

Oct 19, 2004 22:06:48
Eagerly entering Darkar's office after rapping on the door, the sergeant asks, Have you found the culprit, Sir?
#392

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 19, 2004 22:11:21
"Not yet, sergeant."

He motions for the man to have a seat.

"However, I am currently investigating some new leads, and I have a request. I need the duty rosters from today, to a week ago, and then anything that has been posted for the upcoming weeks. I am aware that sometimes the men switch shifts in order to have an extra day off now and again. If you know of anyone switching in the past or in the upcoming future I would like that information as well."
#393

zombiegleemax

Oct 19, 2004 22:16:59
Nodding, Sarge replies Certainly, Sir Shadowood. I'll send a clerk over with 'em right away.

He stands, salutes, and heads off.

Within an hour, a clerk returns with the rosters. Paging through them, Darkar notices a clerk by the name of Nestor has frequently traded for evening duty.
#394

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 19, 2004 22:19:19
Looks at the date when Dravenous saw the man dragging the bag and then double checks to see if Nestor was working the armoury that night as well.
#395

zombiegleemax

Oct 21, 2004 19:39:55
It appears that Nestor was working an earlier shift that day, and would have been off-duty at the time Dravenous was following his mystery man about.
#396

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 21, 2004 20:12:51
It might be possible, with fewer people on the night shifts, stash weapons in some hiding place and then on a day off or an early shift come back at night and then take the weapons to a buyer. However he could have a lack of sleep, but....

Darkar looks to see what Nestor worked the next night.
#397

zombiegleemax

Oct 21, 2004 20:17:40
Nestor worked the afternoon/evening shift the next day.
#398

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 21, 2004 20:21:40
Yes that would give him plenty of time to sleep. Nothing else seems to be jumping off the pages here to indicate anything out of the ordinary. Nestor could be the inside man.

Checking to see if there is a similar pattern coming up in the near future so he can plan to confirm suspicions about Nestor.
#399

zombiegleemax

Oct 21, 2004 20:29:59
It appears Nestor is working the night shift tonight, and will be working the afternoon/evening shift the following day.
#400

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 21, 2004 20:39:58
I must check out the back of the compound for hiding places and then make an inspection of the armoury in the near future. Unannounced of course, it should help set up that the sergeant is not in my good graces if I feel it is neccesary to "dismiss" him for problems relating to the way he is running the armoury.

Darkar leaves his office after neatly stacking the information from the sergeant in seperate pile on his desk. He changes and then heads out jogging along the walls of the compound looking for places to hide things. He plans several laps in order to get the best look possible, and will slow down and rest against a wall if he spots anything.
#401

zombiegleemax

Oct 21, 2004 20:45:34
In looking at the grounds with an eye for stashing stolen goods, Darkar finds himself getting quite a few ideas. In fact, there is a shed positioned rather conveniently near the receiving door to the armoury.
#402

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 21, 2004 20:48:48
Slowing down, Darkar looks around for others before approaching the shed. If the way appears clear he approaches the shed focusing on listening for the sounds of voices or footsteps. If nothing Darkar tries to investigate the shed.
#403

zombiegleemax

Oct 21, 2004 21:02:34
Darkar casually approaches the shed, drawing no attention. He sees the structure is securely locked.
#404

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 21, 2004 21:14:53
Reaching down inside his boot feigning adjusting it he pulls out a spare lockpick palming it in his hand. True it is not the quality of the equipment he usually takes with him, but it will have to do in this situation. Looking and listening intently Darkar begins to work on the inner workings of the lock.

Should he hear anyone coming he is prepared to use the shed to quickly as a spot for leg stretches before continuing his jogging.
#405

zombiegleemax

Oct 21, 2004 21:51:02
With difficulty, but still on his first try, Darkar opens the lock. It is an oddly good-quality lock for a simple shed.
#406

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 21, 2004 21:54:03
Frowns slightly at the difficultly of the lock, as he finally opens it, looking around he moves inside and swings the door partially shut. Using the little bit of light that is coming in Darkar takes a look around while still listening intently.
#407

zombiegleemax

Oct 21, 2004 21:57:09
Darkar slips inside the shed, still unnoticed, and begins looking around in the boxes, crates and barrels. A rat squeaks and hides, and Darkar sees the end of a pole.

Looking closer, he realizes it is the butt end of a spear.
#408

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 21, 2004 22:00:34
Ignoring the rat, Darkar examines the spear closely, first looking for the Jackal emblem, and then the condition of the spear. After that he trys to see if there is anything else in here.
#409

zombiegleemax

Oct 21, 2004 22:04:48
The spear does indeed have the Jackal emblem, and it is clearly brand-new.

Further search reveals many other weapons, all brand-new, hidden among the boxes and crates. Darkar also finds a pile of sturdy sacks that could easily be used for wrapping the items.
#410

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 21, 2004 22:11:27
Clearly I have found the hiding spot, but the suspect is not certain. It seems that I should scan for someplace to spy tonight on the shed to see if I can pinpoint the suspect. Then we can bait the trap and try to catch all of the rats.

Quickly he works to put everything back so nothing seems amiss. He listens at the door carefully before exiting and relocking the door. Then he continues jogging for his usual amount of time, looking evertime he passes the shed for decent some decent hiding spots.
#411

zombiegleemax

Oct 21, 2004 22:26:32
After a couple more turns around the area, Darkar chooses a likely vantage spot. If he's careful, he should be well-hidden for his spying session.
#412

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 21, 2004 22:31:48
Cleaning up after jogging, Darkar takes a quick meal in his room, and then meditates waiting for nightfall. Wearing all black he slips out a back exit and moves in the shadows carefully and quietly attempting to be unseen and unheard. When arriving at his chosen spot he hunkers down lying prone to hopefully make it harder to see him. Also Darkar pulls the hood of the cloak over his head to hide his white hair.

Now comes the hard part lying in wait.
#413

zombiegleemax

Oct 21, 2004 22:43:35
After a long, and very boring, wait, Darkar is unsure what draws his attention back to the shed. Then, he is unsure if that was a gleam of light he just saw -- from inside the shed!
#414

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 21, 2004 22:46:08
Inside? Blast how could I miss that.

Rolling carefully ontp his side he strains for a better view to see inside of the shed if possible.
#415

zombiegleemax

Oct 21, 2004 22:47:47
Darkar is sure now that someone is inside the shed, but the door is closed. A narrow crack is allowing a faint lantern-gleam to escape.
#416

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 21, 2004 22:50:57
Darn, the door is closed. He waits further hoping to catch a glimpse at the person coming out of the shed.
#417

zombiegleemax

Oct 21, 2004 22:57:55
Waiting breathlessly, Darkar hears a rattle, thump and creak.

The shed door swings open -- the lantern having been extinguished -- and a figure emerges. He looks around cautiously before stepping out, burdened by a sack. Closing and locking the shed door, he moves to a nearby door in the wall and unlocks it.
#418

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 21, 2004 23:03:32
Realizing what is happening Darkar waits for the figure to exit the door. Then heads into the compound purposly passing by the armoury to glance inside. He then moves quickly out of the front racing towards the warehouse that Dravenous pointed out to him earlier.

He wants to get a good look at both the person receiving the merchandise and dropping of if possible. When arriving he seeks a decent spot to hide and spy the path coming from the compound.
#419

darkar_shadowood_dup

Oct 31, 2004 14:53:24
Arriving back at the compound he summons the sergeant in charge of the armoury, and two guards to his office. When they arrive he has them sit so he can explain what is going on.

"I have found our thief and need your help in catching him, so that I can try and also catch those he is giving the weapons to. It is Nestor, but we can not let him know that we are on to him. He hides the weapons in the shack behind the compound right next to where we receive the weapons into the armoury.

What I need is for you sergeant to lock me in the shack so that we can wait for Nestor tonight. The guards will be around both corners of the compound so he can not escape that way and sergeant you will wait in the room across from the armoury. When Nestor goes out back you lock the door behind him so he can not get back inside the compound to try and get away."

With the plan in place the sergeant helps lock Darkar inside the shack, and the guards wait around each corner of the back of the build, while the sergeant waits in the room across the hallway. Hours roll by until night falls, Nestor works in the armoury unaware of what awaits him.

Meditating in the shack waiting helps Darkar pass the time slowly, but quietly. He hears the sound of a key being put into a lock. Rising slowly he awaits the door opening, suddenly he is blinded by a lantern light. Cursing to himself for forgeting the lantern from the other night he is greeted by Nestor's befuddled stutterings.

Quickly he turns to run back into the armoury to escape, but the sergeant was quiet effective on locking the door behind him. The other guards come running from the corners, and Darkar finally recovering moves out of the shed and they have Nestor trapped by the door.


"Nestor, by the authority given to me I am placing you under arrest for theft against the Jackals, and Lord Malifaeyr. Now if you will come quietly with us there will not be a cause for a struggle."

Nestor's shoulders slump in defeat, and the guards each take an arm as they escort him to the holding cells beneath the compound. Darkar walks back to the shed taking one of the sacks and fills it with spears then he takes a moment and ties the sack tightly shut. Then he heads back to his room retriving his amror, weapons, and hat. Shifting his appearance to match Nestor's and hiding his weapons, he prepares to take the bag of weapons to the warehouse.
#420

darkar_shadowood_dup

Nov 09, 2004 17:32:43
Darkar tracks down the sergeant and a few guards that were waiting for word. He leads them back to the warehouse to recover the stolen weapons.
#421

darkar_shadowood_dup

Nov 21, 2004 15:00:48
Boirin, Rilla, and the Jackals arrive back to the compound. The prisoners are taken to different rooms to wait for questioning. Guards wait outside of the rooms. The weapons are taken back to the armoury where the sergeant begins counting the weapons recovered against inventory. Boirin and Rilla are shown to Darkar's office where they can await the return of the elf.
#422

darkar_shadowood_dup

Nov 21, 2004 21:26:10
Limping into the compound with Tensek, and Darvenous, Darkar directs the pair to go wait in his office. The well dressed man is escorted by two guards to a room to be held for questioning. Darkar then sends a page to have Silmarwen summoned to his office noting that Dravenous appears injured. The elf limps off to clean up before he arrives in his office.
#423

silmarwen_dup

Nov 21, 2004 22:01:53
Studying religious texts in her room, Silmarwen receieves the summons from the page to head to Darkar's office. The page mentions that there is at least one injured person that Darkar was requesting that she exaime.

Pausing only to mark her place, Silmarwen stands and causually walks the halls to Darkar's office. She has spent the past few weeks checking facts on the preperations need to enchant Darkar's short sword. Most things have been prepared for the censure and the symbol of durability are all that remain before she can start the ceremony.

Arriving in the circular room where Darkar's office is Silmarwen pauses. The church is willing to send an expidition to retrieve the wood, and it seems like a good idea while she picks censure. A time saver for sure it seems like a good idea since she would be able to retrieve the wood within a couple of days from the church.

Opening the door Silmarwen only recognizes Tensek the young man that she met a few weeks ago. However it does not appear that he is injured, the other man next to him has seen better days. The gnome female and the bearded man seated in the chairs appear fine as well from her initial glance.


"Hello Tensek," as she moves to check on Dravenous' injuries.

Before he can say otherwise Silmarwen intones a prayer of healing and closes some of his wounds to lessen his injuries.
OOC: Cure light wounds 1d8+5
#424

darkar_shadowood_dup

Nov 21, 2004 22:15:25
The bath of hot water has been drawn, and gingerly Darkar removes the armor and shirt. Brusies and scratches mark his chest from where the bolts hit him in the ribs, a giant bruise already black and blue from the where the mace clipped him is painful. His fingers trace the edges from the wound that one thug drove his blade into back so expertly. There is a slight wince from the elf as he has pulled the wound open again.

Looking down at the taters that remain of his pants he is not looking forward to seeing that damage to his leg. Gingerly using the tub to steady himself he removes his belt and drops the ruined pants. He gasps in shock at what he beholds. The left leg is swollen badly at the knee and upper leg, also it seem that it is one giant bruise from the knee all the way up to his hip. Almost black in nature.

.oO(I definetly need Silmarwen to look at this....) he thinks to himself.

Using he arms mostly he eases himself into the hot water. He almost screams in agony as the pain from his leg radiates through out his body, but instead he bites his lower lip so hard that blood drips into the water. His eyes are full of tears making it difficult to see. This mission although a success was a painful one.
#425

silmarwen_dup

Nov 21, 2004 22:18:44
Looking to the others Silmarwen asks if anyone else needs treatment of injuries while she is here. No one else volunteers, and she turns to Tensek.

"So where is Darkar, and what have you all been doing this late at night?" there is a slight tone of concern in her voice.
#426

darkar_shadowood_dup

Nov 21, 2004 23:30:51
After the long hot bath Darkar gingerly climbs out and dabs his body dry with the towel. Carefully pulling on the new set of clothes he limps cautiously to his office constantly leaning on a wall for support.

Fortunately for him most of the staff that is awake and on shift is either busy with the recovered weapons, or guarding the prisoners. The long walk to his office is seen by no one.

Swinging the door inward he limps to the nearest chair and eases gently into the seat with a steeled look of pain on his face. It takes him a moment to realize that most of the room is looking at him.


"Er, hello. Job well done everybody, there should not be much more from the rest of you besides giving formal statements for the record. Then we should be able to divide up what was found for reward. I think there might be something else I can do, but I need to check it out first."
#427

silmarwen_dup

Nov 21, 2004 23:42:41
Mutters is disbelief when she sees the shape that Darkar is in. Checking the elf out she probes, prodes, and move his leg.

"You actually have been walking on that leg for how long??? No do not tell me, it will only frustrate me further.

Praying she invokes a bright glow to try and clear up the damage caused to the leg. Cure Serious Wounds 3d8+8

"Darkar you really need to be more careful. This leg could only have been more damaged if it had been broken or severed. Considering you have walked too far on it, I am suprised you did not collapse somewhere in a heap."
#428

tensek_vicar_dup

Nov 22, 2004 0:33:54
*Tensek allows himself a slight smirk as he leans back in his chair and watches Silmarwen berate Darkar.*
#429

dravenous_dup

Nov 23, 2004 4:26:52
Dravenous silently watches Silmarwen's casting of the spell. He thinks for a moment about the process to cast the spell rather than the actual result.
He tries to compare to Natala's magic earlier when she healed the well dressed prisoner. That reminds him of the equipment he removed from him afterwards. Dravenous hopes that the Jackals that he gave the equipment to would tell him afterwards what they all did. He is curious to know what else the man would have been able to do if given the chance.

Then he asks,
"What is going to be done with the prisoners now?"
#430

tensek_vicar_dup

Nov 23, 2004 20:41:36
*Tensek glances over to Dravenous.*

Does it really matter?
#431

dravenous_dup

Nov 23, 2004 22:16:09
Looking over to Tensek the guardsman answers, "I just want the report to my commanders to be complete. Other than that it doesn't really matter to me."
#432

darkar_shadowood_dup

Nov 24, 2004 19:20:41
"I was thinking of letting them sit in the holding cells for a few hours before I interrogated them.

Silmarwen, I was wondering if you would be able to assist as well? I have at least one man who is insisting he is innocent already, and it is difficult for me to discern subtle lies from truth.

After that Dravenous, what happens to them depends on Lord Malifaeyr's mood and how the criminal's react."
#433

dravenous_dup

Nov 24, 2004 23:53:56
Dravenous silently nods in agreement.
#434

darkar_shadowood_dup

Nov 25, 2004 13:35:28
"However once we have all the testimonies and facts straight, I plan on turning all of those involved over to the city guard for prosecution and punishment."
#435

silmarwen_dup

Nov 25, 2004 13:44:31
"In order to help I will need at least 8 hours of rest to prepare for that occasion. "
Looks around at the others

"So anyone care to explain what happened?"
#436

tensek_vicar_dup

Nov 26, 2004 0:23:15
I would assume it depends on where you were last informed but...

*Tensek starts as he begins to inform Silmarwen of the details he knows of teh battle and what happened at eth warehouse.*
#437

zombiegleemax

Nov 26, 2004 11:21:52
Boirin comes into the compound with Dakar and listens attentively while his comrades speak of what happened when his turn comes he adds his perspective of the events. Hoping this helps he goes back to thinking quietly.
#438

silmarwen_dup

Nov 26, 2004 17:44:16
Taking a quill and parchment, Silmarwen writes down each person's account of what happened. After each person finishes Silmarwen has them sign their name, she signs as recorder, and has an additional person sign as witness.

After all are completed, Silmarwen suggest that she could try and see if any of the items contain magical properties so that the group could go get those items properly identified.

There is a knock at the door, a page has arrived. They brought the armour that the well dressed man was wearing. The guard in charge did not think it appropriate that he should have that while in the holding cell.

With all of the items lined out Silmarwen concentrates and intones a prayer of revelation so that she can see any auras that exist among the items found.

OOC: Detect Magic and waits until she has learned all that she can.
#439

darkar_shadowood_dup

Nov 27, 2004 20:44:46
After Silmarwen reveals the results, Darkar suggest that they all go and get some rest it has been a long evening. They are welcome to return tomorrow afternoon when they will transport the prisoners to the city guard. After they can divide the items amongst the group.
#440

tensek_vicar_dup

Nov 28, 2004 13:28:46
*Tensek rises after Darkar dismisses the group and with a nod of farewell to the others Tensek makes his way out of the compound.*
#441

zombiegleemax

Nov 28, 2004 18:16:02
Boirin nods, yawns, and takes a sip from his silver flask. He gets up and wanders out of the compound sleepily heading towards Nobody's. It has indeed been a long night and the idea of going for breakfast doesn't seem nearly as appealing as a bed. The question of why he keeps going out and getting shot at arises in his mind. But his mind snaps back,

.oO(Because selling people there drinks is alot more boring than killing monsters, picking locks, and sneaking around on someone elses property, not that I've done much of that last one...)

.oO(... Its also alot less alcoholic... well maybe when there aren't dwarfs around... and halflings... okay some humans need to be away as well. It most definately less smokey than most bars... well at least when spellslingers aren't around...)

.oO(Okay so alot of basic atmospheric elements of bartending can be found in adventuring but there is certainly less excitement and drunkeness in bartending...)

And on that rather rambling mental note Boirin heads back towards Nobody's.

[to Nobody's]
#442

dravenous_dup

Nov 28, 2004 23:27:50
Slow to get up, Dravenous stretches his arms before leaving. He then leaves for the guardhouse so he can file a report and get some sleep.
#443

darkar_shadowood_dup

Nov 30, 2004 12:19:20
After Silmarwen has had enough rest and time to prepare, she and Darkar go to interrogate the prisoners. Stopping first at the holding cell of the well dressed man they learn very little. OOC: Discern Lies x3

His name is Frank Dobbs, and he was renting the warehouse. However beyond that and stating that he wants his lawyer, Darkar and Silmarwen's questions go unanswered. (Discern Lies 1st casting)

Next they go to question Nestor, the man who was shipping the weapons out of the compound.(Discern Lies 2nd casting)

"Alright, Nestor in your own words, I want to know when and how the stealing of weapons from the armoury started. I need not remind you that Silmarwen will be able to tell when you are lying."

After the story is told Darkar insists that Nestor write the exact same story down, and sign his name to it. If he refuses, Darkar attempts to scare him into doing so by saying he does not have to turn Nestor over to the guard since he is an employee of the Jackals, and they have there own disciplinary measures. (Bluff +9)

After that they go to the foreman that is protesting his innocence, Silmarwen repeats her spell for the third time. Darkar asks him to tell his story while he searchs through the books that he was caring carefully.

Not finding anything out of the ordinary with the books, Darkar asks how many times that Nestor has come and gone from the warehouse and how much was brought each time. Then he asks the foreman to write down his statement and sign his name to it.

Finally the guard that was caputred is less than helpful the only thing they can get out of him is that his name is Dom Sarasso. Moving back to Darkar's office they wait for the others to return to help escort the prisoners the City Guardhouse.
#444

kneyejailb

Dec 01, 2004 23:26:20
Nestor does not send out any signs of falsehood when he answers. "A bout a month or so ago."

"I met this woman who knew this guy who knew another guy who knew a way to make a few extra coin. Dobbs. Frank Dobbs was the last guy. He said that a few weapons here and there would never be noticed, what with the diminished ranks here and all that. No sense in them just sitting around gathering dust right?"

"It was just a few to start with but I guess what ever buyer he found wanted more and more when the noticed the quality of the items. Don't know who the buyer was. Saw him a few times at the warehouse. Wore plate, frowned a lot. Never heard him talk though. Or heard a name."


He has no problem signing his confession. "I'd rather take my chances here anyhow. Lord Malfaeyr is a just man, can't say as much for the guards."

The foreman, between his wimperings, reveals what he knows as well. "Some guy came in every couple of days. I don't know what he brought, It was none of my buisness, and sticking your nose where it doesn't belong tends to get a man in... well situations like this."

"Mister Dobbs rented out the warehouse, but only used that corner and the office. The rest of it was business like it's been for the past few years. Seemed like a good deal for the owners to me. Paid to rent out a corner for the last three monthsalmost as much as they made with the rest of the biuilding over the whole year."


He signs his confession as well. The books Darkar looks through seem to confirm the mans words. There is only a mention of Dobbs paying rent, nothiing about what for.

The confinscated equipment is catalogued. One potion each of darkvision, and neutralize poison, two elixirs of hiding, two vials of large scorpion venom, an invisability potion, two thunderstones, one tanglefoot bag, masterwork thieves' tools, silk rope, everburning torch,, masterwork studded leather armour taken off Dobbs.

From the corpses of the thugs are found: two potions of hide from animals, one of protection from arrows 10/magic, and one of darkvision, one vial of antitoxin, one thunderstone, one tanglefoot bag, two sets of masterwork thieves' tools, backpack, two sunrods, and four tindertwigs.

The items taken off the armored man include his Half Plate, a heavy steel shield, a masterworkHeavy Mace, a heavy crossbow with 14 mkasterwork bolts, three alchemist fires, a scrolls that once divined seem to contain a bane spell and a magic weapon spell, and a wand of cure light wounds with roughly 33 charges left.
#445

darkar_shadowood_dup

Dec 02, 2004 21:38:34
Wore plate mail a lot? Any special symbols or colors on the armor?
#446

zombiegleemax

Dec 04, 2004 1:32:48
Boirin comes back the compound remembering tales of loot. He is directed to where he can wait for Darkar to finish up interagations.
#447

kneyejailb

Dec 04, 2004 15:19:34
Examing the platemail, Darkar notices three red slashes are across the breastplate of the armor.
#448

dravenous_dup

Dec 04, 2004 17:53:39
Led to the same room as Boirin, the guardsman silently smiles and nods towards him as he leans against the wall.
#449

tensek_vicar_dup

Dec 04, 2004 18:01:16
*Casually Tensek enters behind the guardsmand and bartender, with Kiara in tow.*
#450

darkar_shadowood_dup

Dec 05, 2004 19:49:11
Taking some parchment and a piece of charcoal Darkar makes a rubbing of the scratches on the armor. Satisfied with way it turned out, Darkar carefully inspects the listing of what Boirin found on the man in half-plate.

"No, that is not right..." he thinks to himself "base on what he had on his personage he does seem to be of the means to be the buyer of the weapons. Perhaps a representative of the buyer, collecting the weapons and then taking them back to the buyer."

Out loud again "He showed up basically twice a week? Did he bring anyone to take help with his business?"
#451

darkar_shadowood_dup

Dec 05, 2004 23:07:46
After the interogations are complete he has scribes copy the confessions to be kept on record. Also all of the statements made by those in the apprehension are taken and copied as well. With the original documents in hand Darkar prepares a report for Lord Malifaeyr about what has happend over the past few days.

The report states that while the majority of the key players have been rounded up. Darkar suspects that the one with the money and influence to make this happen is still out there identity unknown. He includes a small sketch of the armor with the scratches suggesting that perhaps these might be a sign of rank or perhaps signifies level of skill with Demmion. However he needs further investigation to rule this out.

With the prisoners ready for transfer, Darkar meets with the others, and they discuss how to divide up the recovered items. Darkar reassures Dravenous that it is ok for the guard to take items. There is a slightly tense moment when Dravenous and Boirin both want the armour worn by Frank Dobbs, however Boirin relents taking the potion of invisibility, and scorpion venom.

The rest has to be sold or traded in for credit at the Iron Wolf. Darkar has some pages do that task while they escort the prisoners to the city guardhouse.


Tensek
  • 2 potions of Darkvision
  • 2 potions of Hide from Animals
  • 2 Elixers of Hiding


Boirin
  • Potion of Invisibility
  • 2 Vials of Scorpion Venom
  • 1 set of Masterwork Thieves' Tools
  • 50 ft silk rope


Dravenous
  • Thunderstone
  • Masterwork studded leather
  • Sunrod
  • Scroll with Bane & Magic Weapon


Phil and Will each get a short sword

Darkar
  • Potion of Neutralize poison
  • Potion of Protection from Arrows 10/+1 Magic


After everything else gets sold the following also goes to the players

Tensek
50 gp

Boirin
240 gp & Iron Wolf Credit and 200 gp

Dravenous
457 gp & Iron Wolf Credit and 536 gp

Phil
90 gp & 212 gp 5 sp Iron Wolf Credit

Will
90 gp & 212 gp 5 sp Iron Wolf Credit

Rilla
100 gp & 212 gp 5 sp Iron Wolf Credit

Silver Sword Guild
312 gp 5 sp

Darkar
298 gp & 22 sp 5 cp Iron Wolf Credit

(Thanks go to all the DMs that helped me figure out everything and divide it up properly. For those interested there were 5 shares of 1250 gp to all involved. There was some extra that was DM approved to go to Darkar.)
#452

zombiegleemax

Dec 07, 2004 1:58:19
Rilla, Will and Phil all start talking about how they are going to spend their rewards. "I'm going to get a real weapon. Maybe even two."

"I'm going to get some armor like Hermy's."

"I'm going to get some like Gamis."

"Maybe we should pool all our credit together and get something for all of the students. Matching armor."

"Hey, that sounds even better. We can look like an elite force or something like that."

"Yeah, let's get the rest of the guys and go shopping!"


Once they prisioners are properly taken care of, the three would be heroes head for home.
#453

silmarwen_dup

Dec 08, 2004 21:34:37
Silmarwen has spent the week preparing the series of prayers and incantations that will be needed. The censer will need to be fill with the oil and incense, and lit while a prayer of offering is made.

Then symbols of Thalos will need to be made around the censer, a single circle exactly five feet across. At the top of the circle water in a cup, to the left of the cup; parchment containing the teachings of Thalos. To the right of the cup white tail feathers of a hawk, representing Darkar's family name.

Beyond the parchment a quarter of the way from the water a candle burning bright representing virtue. Directly across from the candle the dice spread about as fourtune dictates. At the bottom of the circle the opals known as the tears of birth will be placed and Silmarwen must cast a spell on the gems to shine as bright as the day.

To the right of the gems, the Bodark wood, a symbol of durablity which is a basis for protection. On the left of the gems seeds, from which all plant life springs. These eight symbols are the base of the cermony to enchant Darkar's sword.
#454

silmarwen_dup

Dec 15, 2004 17:45:24
Silmarwen receives a note that the envoy has returned with the wood that she was seeking, and is ready for her to come pick up. Thanking the page Silmarwen goes to the church to receive the shipment of wood.
#455

silmarwen_dup

Dec 15, 2004 21:36:03
After early morning prayers, a good breakfast, Silmarwen leaves strict instructions that no one should disturb her for any reason today. Taking the sword Silmarwen clears a large section in her room for the ceremony.
#456

silmarwen_dup

Jan 03, 2005 0:12:09
Taking the blue ink and reading her notes, Silmarwen carefully draws a circle on the floor. Starting where the top of the circle will be the elf speaks the opening entreaty to Thalos asking to grant her the inspiration binding a portion of abilities given to her onto the sword.

Taking the sword in her hands she lifts it to the sky above her head, holding just a moment, before setting it in the center of the circle. Then she exits the circle, and goes to the censer, which Silmarwen fills with a mixture of incense and oil. There she sets the sword on top of the censer, and lights the oil. The flames lick around the blade and the aroma of the incense starts to fill the room.

Moving around the circle, Silmarwen chants the name of the pillars that make up her beliefs and the purpose of each.

“Life the first pillar, which is broken down into the basics for survival. Food and water are the first elements for survival. Without water, nothing can survive be it plant, animal, or creature. However water is not enough, sustenance is needed to maintain health and energy.

Plants provide fruits and vegetables, while animals provide meat, eggs, cheese, milk, and other uses. The gifts that are given must be respected and properly cherished. Sunlight is another essential building block, without it most plants could not grow or survive. It also provides warmth and illumination for all.

The second pillar is the principal of good and evil. Knowledge to know what is good taught by Lord Thalos, and the wisdom to recognize it in everyday life is essential. Another part of this is how to protect what is good. As a teacher, I teach future generations. They become defenders, teachers, leaders, and followers that form a cohesive force that paves the way for the future.

Finally fortune plays sometimes a pivotal role in events. How often has history recorded the unexpected? The bumbling old man who hears a key bit of information because he lost his keys to prevent an assassination. The superior force of orcs defeated by starving and desperate villagers. Perhaps the fortunate ones that nothing seems to go wrong for or the tortured souls where tragedy is chained at their heels. No matter the skill or preparations things can change with fortune, and being able to deal with that can make or break a person ultimately.”

Silmarwen has traversed the outside of the circle seven times while speaking her credo. Next Silmarwen takes a goblet of water placing it at the top of the circle, and at the bottom she places the gems know as the tears of birth. With an old incantation the gems glow as bright as the sun in the sky.

“He was borne of tears of sorrow, and that water that was shed was start of life anew in our world. Now he is sun that hangs in the sky Lord Thalos. He represents the two most important pillars of life.”

The circle drawn on the floor starts to glow a dark blue, and inside of the circle a pale golden light glows on the floor. Waiting a couple hours for the process cement. The foundation has been built, but now depending how she proceeds will influence how the finished product looks. She must renew the spell of that makes the gems glow like the sun.

Studying her notes Silmarwen notes that the potential of the weapon will still have many avenues for future enchantments, but some will work better than others depending how she handles the ceremony. However what she has observed of Darkar in how he handles himself decides the course that she will take.

Taking seeds of a flower called Dragon’s head, Silmarwen places them in the circle to the left of the gems. Then to the left of the goblet of water Silmarwen places the tail feathers of a hawk, which is a representation of Darkar’s family name.

“Plants can not exist without light and water. Without plants animals would have nothing to eat, be they herbivore or carnivore.”

The golden light mixes with the blue and forms a healthy green where the seeds lie. Around the tail feathers the light turns a reddish brown. Next Silmarwen meditates at the top of the circle while waiting several hours before proceeding with the next step. During that time Silmarwen recasts the spell that makes the gems glow more than once.

Next to the right of the goblet Silmarwen places a copy of the text from the teachings of Thalos. Around the parchment the floor glows white as Silmarwen speaks.

“Without knowledge, a person lacks a path to travel, and from knowledge grows wisdom which helps the person which way to head along the path.”

To the right of the gems Silmarwen places the bodark wood and the floor begins to glow a dark grey.

“Strength, durability, and persistence are qualities that make an excellent protector of those that need it. These qualities exist in the wood and in the one that the sword is meant for.”

Above the seeds a candle is place on the floor and lighted. The orange light seems to fill that section of the circle.

“Light in the darkness, no matter how small is defiance against evil. Good will always find a way to be a light in the world.”

Between wood and the feathers, Silmarwen rolls seven of the dice that Jalen obtained. The first two are the special dice that Wealdy sold to him. She rolls 3, 4, 6, 2, 5, 2, and 6.

“Fortune favors all one way or another, but those who can act regardless of circumstance can forge their own brand of luck.”

The colors start to swirl and mix within the circle. Several more hours pass and it is getting late into the night. The sword glows white and then blue from the edges of the circle spirals in turning the blade a milky blue. One by one the items placed in the circle begin to vanish.

The colors fade, but the glow on the sword remains. Tired Silmarwen sees that the work is complete. Standing she takes the sword and places it on chair and then she retires for several hours.
#457

silmarwen_dup

Jan 05, 2005 0:17:00
Silmarwen presents the sword to Darkar, the milky blue blade still glowing, but not as bright as it was durning the ceremony. Darkar takes the blade and admires the new look before sheathing it. Then he counts out the nine hundred remaining gold pieces that he still owns the elven priestess.

"Darkar a blade such as that should have a proper name."

Darkar nods.

"Well I hope that the blade will serve you well."

Silmarwen goes off to rest more still feeling slightly draining from her work.
#458

silmarwen_dup

Jan 13, 2005 23:50:49
At Darkar's suggestion Silmarwen prepares a trip to seek out Minto to craft her a new wand. Heading out early travels to the Silver Sword.
#459

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 15, 2005 16:59:32
Not really anixous to name the newly enchanted sword without seeing how it handles now, Darkar takes the blade and heads down to the training area. There are many present working out, and honing their skills.

The sight is a pleasant one, to the elf. Some of the men are highly motivated or know that ample excercise is good for them. He heads over a familar face that he has worked with in the past. One of the survivors from the pass that he rounded up after the painsharing beasts were defeated, with a nod the pair work out together.

Stretching, and warming up they begin laps around the courtyard. It gets the blood flowing and hearts pumping. After a few minutes they slow to a walk. Then they move to a clear area working situps, pushups, and pullups. Finally they feel ready and practice sword techniques.

Darkar is particularly interested in working with disarming his partner. Several times the man smacks Darkar's hands with the flat of his blade indicating that the elf is moving to slow. However the blade clatters to the ground just as much it seems.

After a couple of hours Darkar and the man agree that it is time for a rest. Collecting his sword and toweling of the sweat, Darkar heads off to clean up.
#460

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 15, 2005 18:55:00
Returning to his office to have a look at the work waiting for him, Darkar is amazed to find nothing. It seems that Jalen has been very efficent having everything complete and taken care of with the group working with him.

"Perhaps I should delegate more of the work around to Jalen and the group he found to assist him. I could actually train more, and do other things. Then if anything needs my personal attention it would get it."
#461

jace_cornwall

Jan 15, 2005 19:31:24
*After speaking to the front desk and getting sent to Darkar, Jace comes back looking for him. He was told to look in his office by the clerk. And from his memory Jace finds his way in front of Darkars office. He looks at Kai who is at his side and thinks for a second.*

"Maybe you better wait out side. Don't think he would like to have a elf wearing a skull walk in on him. I will let you know what it is about when I come out. Just wait here for now."

*Jace knocks on the door.*
#462

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 15, 2005 19:40:47
"Come in."

Seeing Jace enter, Darkar asks him to have a seat.

"Jace a pleasure, what brings you here today?"
#463

jace_cornwall

Jan 15, 2005 19:59:55
"Sir Darkar."

*Jace makes his short bow and shakes his hand. After this Jace sits down and begins.*

"I have just gotten back from a little hunting trip which turned out to be a rescue trip. I reported it to the gaurd house thinking you might get wind of it, but they wanted me to tell you about it personaly."
#464

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 15, 2005 20:05:02
"I see. Well perhaps you should start at the begining."
#465

jace_cornwall

Jan 15, 2005 20:27:55
"Well I being my self got a little board sitting in the city for to long. So I looked around for somebody to go hunting with and once I had a partner I left. During our hunt we heard some desperate calls for help so we went to investigate. There was a group of kobolds, and what appeared to be kobold skeletons that were animated that assailed me and my companion. After only the skeletons remained the ground came alive. The plants tried to wrap themselves around our legs and hold us in place. I managed to get out of the area that was entangling us, while I was doing this I got shot at and hit by something I couldn't see clearly. I continued on until I got out and I ran past a pit that the calls were coming out of and saw a terrified peasant at the bottom of the pit. I told him that we will get him out soon. I ran to where the arrow came from only to find nothing. So I went back near the pit. The three skeletons were still tangled by the plants, and my partner was getting the peasant out. I advised the peasant to stay put until we were done but he wanted out.....Don't really blame the poor man. He was terrified. But while he got out I threw rocks at the skeletons because our swords did very little to them. We killed....Well I don't know how to say it.... Destroyed would work. Yes. We destroyed two of them when suddenly the plants went back to normal. I finished it by hitting it with my shield. From here we got the story out of the peasant. He came from the north from a village that grows cabbages. He was going with a caravan to here to sell them. They were attacked by the kobolds and a Gnome. They killed everybody except him. They then threw him into the pit we found him and told him to call for help. The peasant said that the gnome went into the forest and came back with the skeletons. He also said that they didn't seem to be living there and that they looked like they were just passing threw. After the story I wanted to get the gnome and stop him from causing more pain and death in the future. I sent the peasant armed with a spear back so he would be safe. My partner went with him and once he was hidden came back and hid with me and waited for the gnome to show. After some time we started to hear wolf calls and we left. We did not want the peasant to die from fright. I felt bad about leaving him back but there may have been more death if we hadn't. We found the peasant and he was as I was expecting terrified. We came back to the city and the next day I made my report and left to take him home. It was about a day and a half in the north. On our way we ran across wolf tracks that looked to be at least six inches long. We got to his village and back without any incident. And now I am here. I plan on going back out with a tracker and finishing the gnome off. I plan on leaving as soon as possible. I thought somebody should know that is why a shipment of cabbage wasn't received and that there is a band preying on caravans."
#466

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 15, 2005 20:55:54
"I see....."

He takes a moment to think

"I know of a tracker with a dog, name of Tensek. He might help if we can locate him. Undead.... would be good to bring Silmarwen along as well. Kywyn would be good or perhaps Cassius, although I have not seen the later in awhile. Aramil would be good to, and Boirin. Your partner would he be interested in going back as well?"
#467

jace_cornwall

Jan 15, 2005 21:00:58
His name is Kai. He is a elf of the darker sort from what I have seen.

*Jaecs hair goes a little on end.*
#468

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 15, 2005 21:15:05
"Kai.... I see. So is he here and able to speak with me? Haven't seen him since the archery contest in the halfling quarter. Not entirely sure what is with his attitude, but I can handle whatever he wants to say."
#469

jace_cornwall

Jan 15, 2005 21:22:38
*Jace quirks his head to the side.*

.oO(Mmm. I guess Kai was not always dark and evilish. He may not like getting questioned. But then again Darkar doesn't seem to mean ill. He is a honorable man.)

"Yes he is. He is out side of the door and down the hall last time I saw. I did not know you knew him. And from what you say he was not always showded in darkness and wearing a steel skull as a mask. This is intresting. I am not sure that he would appricieate me telling you that he is here though.....May I ask what is his story and what was he like before....he turned into whatever he is now?"
#470

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 15, 2005 21:25:23
"That I do not know, Gamis knew him before. He has always acted rather cool towards me."
#471

jace_cornwall

Jan 15, 2005 21:35:07
*Jace smiles.*

"Don't feel singled out. He is cold with pretty much everybody as far as I can tell."

.oO(Mmm Gamis. I would like to learn more about Kai and this seems a good reason to speak with him.)

"I would like to learn more about Kai. Where could I find Gamis."

*Jace stands*

"Would you like to speak with him. I can fetch him if you want."
#472

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 15, 2005 21:37:05
Gamis is one of the leaders of the Silver Sword. Kai does not need to come speak with me if he does not want. However I would like to know if he would be interested in seeing this through like you are Jace."
#473

jace_cornwall

Jan 15, 2005 21:41:03
"That I do not know. I would have to speak with him. I would imagin that he would like to go but then again I do not know him too well. only what you can learn from four days of near silence."
#474

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 15, 2005 21:43:14
"Probably means he has not made up his mind yet. Well talk to him and if he wants he can talk to me. Otherwise I just need to know if he wants complete this."
#475

jace_cornwall

Jan 15, 2005 21:58:36
"Ok. I will speak with Aramil as well. He has been saying that he wants to get out and play with monsters. Poor dwarf is horribly bored. I can speak with Borin as well. I have meet Kywyn but I do not know where to find him. I do not know the rest of the people that you mentioned. But I will speak to the ones I know how to find. When do you wish to leave?"

*Once the question is answered Jace bows to Darkar and walks out of the door shutting it behind him. He then moves over to where Kai is waiting.*

"I have told him of what happened and also that I want to catch the gnome that got away. You are welcome to come if you want. It will be me Sir Darkar and quite a few others. He would like to speak with you. If you do not wish to could you tell me weather you will want to finish this or not so he will know either way. I will also need to know where to meet you to let you know what they are."

*Jace lets Darkar know, if Kai will not speak with him, weather he will go or stay in the city. He also collects the money if Kai wants to pitch in. He then leaves the compound and heads for Ms. Weatherby's*
#476

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 15, 2005 22:02:20
"It might take a few days to get everyone together and organized. Then some might be traveling on foot or by horse. Transportation will need to arranged, food for the journey, and things like that. I can try and find the others."
#477

zombiegleemax

Jan 16, 2005 3:46:49
The elf's ears slightly twitch when Jace mentions Darkar's name. Once Jace says his last words, Kai nods then turns away.

I have nothing else better to do...

He slowly walks down the street before looking back at Jace.

You can find me at the Fox.

[Fox Boarding House]
#478

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 16, 2005 17:14:51
Leaving the compound, Darkar heads out to see if he can find Kywyn and Cassius.
#479

zombiegleemax

Jan 18, 2005 21:08:13
A page raps at the door of Sir Shadowood's office, entering to speak with Darkar's aide.

Jalen smiles and nods, "I'm sorry, Sir Shadowood is out right now, in the city."

"Oh, dear. Well, Lord Malifaeyr is asking for him, so please do tell him to come right away."

They exchange farewells and the page leaves.
#480

jace_cornwall

Jan 18, 2005 22:52:16
*Jace makes his way towards Darkars office hoping that he may catch him in. He knocks on the door and he is called in. He turns and sees Jalen sitting at a desk.*

"May I help you?"


"Yes I am here for Darkar."

"He isn't in. He went out somehting about tracking people down."

"Oh well I hope he has more luck then me. My name is Jace Cornwall, and I was looking for two people. Boirin and Aramil. However both are aparantly out on a little expedision. So they will not be able ot accompany us. Will you give him that message, and that I may be reached at either the SSAG or at Ms Weatherby's boarding house."

"I will let him know when he gets back."

"Thank you."

"You are welcome."
#481

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 19, 2005 1:59:55
Arriving back from searching for others, and slightly disheartened from not finding anyone that he could actually speak to Darkar heads back to his office where Jalen gives him the messages that are waiting for him.

Seeing that Lord Malifaeyr is looking for him, Darkar checks his appearance to make sure that is proper. Spending a moment or two straightening this and that Darkar heads off to the palace to speak with Lord Malifaeyr.
#482

cassius_gaia_dup

Jan 19, 2005 14:59:56
Arriving at the jackal Headquarters Cassius inquires after the presence of Darkar Shadowood
#483

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 19, 2005 15:10:38
Finding Cassius waiting for him, Darkar walks over to the young man with a warm greeting.

"Cassius, it is good to see you again. So it seems that you did get my message."
#484

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 19, 2005 23:09:23
Finding out that Cassius is wanting to go along with him, Darkar does his best to answer his questions. Darkar tells him that they will be traveling about a day and a half north of the city, and it could take several days to complete this mission.

Also he informs the magister of a side trip after the mission to investigate a place for advanced fortifications against orc forces. He is welcome to come along on that trip as well.
#485

cassius_gaia_dup

Jan 20, 2005 14:07:40
"Darkar old friend, it has been ages since I had the pleasure of looking into your face. When old friends come to call and ask for help, how can I refuse. When were you planning to leave? I'll at least need some time to get my gear together and stock up on spell components"

Cassius listens intently as Darkar describes the details of the mission at the mention of the second mission he smiles

"When will the jackals not try to kill two birds with one stone :D. There is no doubt that I will come with you. "
#486

zombiegleemax

Jan 20, 2005 15:29:55
She enters the Jackal compound, feeling a quite different than she was a moment ago

.oO(Last I was here was when Ashina signed up...she was destined to do something about the horrible Halfing...what was his name? Ah yes..Kirby.)

As she thinks of Kirby, her jaw tenses and her fistclenches, but she soon regains her composure and she realizes it is all in the past..

.oO(I'm sure Gamis took good care of the situation and Kirby is no longer running free...Now where was Darkar's office again?)

She looks around feeling quite lost and then sees a desk clerk

Excuse me? Would you kindly point me in the direction of Sir Shadowoods office?

The girl dressed in jackal colors doesn't look up, she just keeps writing as she points down the hall

Thankyou.

As she walks pas the desk clerk she looks back for a second and shakes her head, continuing down the hall

.oO(Ok now where?)

She looks at the many doors and finally sees the one with Darkar's name and knocks lightly on the door
#487

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 20, 2005 18:19:15
"Come in....."

When Anaya opens the door, she sees that Darkar has his back to her. There is a pile of scrolls, and map unrolled around the room. Several of them are areas with a building on them. Another young man is there as well, he is tall and lanky. They seem to be discussing several people and keep mentioning the design of the walls and rooms.

"Probably should be big enough for thirty people perhaps more. Baracks along the side walls here and here with ladders to easily access the walls."

"Yes, I can run your preliminary ideas by some other tacticans and Sir Gamis. They might have some useful ideas and suggestions."

"Just leave the other maps by the door thanks." Darkar says without turning around.
#488

zombiegleemax

Jan 20, 2005 18:26:35
As she opens the door to step in she stops and turns to look back at the door when he mentions the maps and she turns her head back at him

I hope I am not interrupting anything.

She looks at all the maps and drawings strewn about

.oO(What building is that?)
#489

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 20, 2005 18:45:30
Interupting? I just asked you to....

Turning to the door, Darkar sees Anaya standing there.

"Oh you are not the page. Is there something you needed, Anaya? I am working on a new project, and preparing to leave the city soon to aid some villagers that are being terroized by undead and thieves."
#490

zombiegleemax

Jan 20, 2005 18:50:23
I just figured I would bring you some lunch.

She holds up the bag with the lunches and the bottle of wine.

Undead and thieves huh? You need some help? I can offer my services as a healer and as a friend.

.oO(Undead?...nasty little creatures.)
#491

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 20, 2005 19:00:24
Well I am not really hungry, but I am sure that Jalen is, his stomach was growling subtly just a few moments ago. A glass of that wine would not be refused however.

The only thing that we are really lacking is someone to help track the thieves. All the trackers that I know of are unavailable or I am not sure where to find them.
#492

zombiegleemax

Jan 20, 2005 19:04:19
She looks at him questioningly

Jalen?

She looks at the lanky man and then back at Darkar, puling out a glass and pouring him som eof the wine

Tracker you say? Well I think I can help with that ;)
#493

zombiegleemax

Jan 20, 2005 19:23:30
The youth makes a nervous bow, but still he manages a smile.

"Yes, ma'am I am Jalen."
#494

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 20, 2005 20:01:50
"Really? It will be probably several days outside of the city. Will you be up for the challenge and willing to follow instructions?"
#495

zombiegleemax

Jan 20, 2005 22:13:04
She bows her head in greeting to Jalen and smiles. She pulls out of the lunch bowls and hands it over to him

Just as long as it doesn't go to waste. ;)

She looks at Darkar

Being outside the city is what I'm best at, plus I am always up for a challenge and I don't mind taking orders.
#496

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 22, 2005 17:05:40
"Just as along as you know what will be happening while we are out there. Oh and I believe that someone else that you know will be coming along too, Kai."

Jalen thanks Anaya for the food and begins eating quietly.
#497

zombiegleemax

Jan 22, 2005 21:16:13
She nods as Jalen thanks her and then looks at Darkar..going silent at the mention of Kai

.oO(So he is back....)

Kai... so you've seen him? I mean in the city...
#498

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 22, 2005 21:22:57
Nods

Yes, in the city just the other day at the halfling party in the archery contest. He was wearing a mask, and I was not sure it was him. Until I got up close enough to study him. The eyes gave him away, the stare that he gave me the last time was familar. Also when they called his name for the archery contest it was a dead give away.
#499

zombiegleemax

Jan 22, 2005 21:31:07
.oO(He was at the party as well? He must've left before I had gotten there)

She nods...and speaks softly to herself

Strange that he would hide himself behind a mask...I thought he would've gotten rid of all the hiding...

She looks back up at Darkar

Did he say anything to you? I mean the last time you two saw eachother you weren't exactly friendly.
#500

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 22, 2005 21:33:06
No not really, I do not think he was in a talking mood.
#501

zombiegleemax

Jan 22, 2005 21:34:22
.oO(Figures...)

So how did he get involved in all this then?
#502

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 22, 2005 21:36:36
He and another man called Jace came in at the end of one of the attacks and reported it too me. I asked both of them to come back since they might recognize some of the others, and have been in the area already.
#503

zombiegleemax

Jan 22, 2005 21:39:46
She nods

I see. So what do we know about these attacks? Other than that they involve undead.
#504

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 22, 2005 21:49:33
Jace said something about the plants coming to life and trying to grab them. I have encountered that before and it can be quiet troublesome.
#505

zombiegleemax

Jan 22, 2005 22:00:20
Plants trying to grab him? You mean like how I tried to entangle Kirby in the vines...

They must have a druid among them..I don't know of any wizard or sorcerer being able to cast such a spell.
#506

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 22, 2005 22:08:05
Jace said that the one man who surrived the raid described the attackers to them. A gnome leading Kobolds, and Kobold skeletons. They tried to go after the gnome, but the came back to the city when they started to hear wolves nearby.
#507

cassius_gaia_dup

Jan 23, 2005 14:34:09
They must have a druid among them..I don't know of any wizard or sorcerer being able to cast such a spell.

A familiar voice cuts in from the shadow of the door

"You might be right Anaya but based on Darkar's desciption i'd say we are facing some kind of Kobold shaman. And a pretty powerfull one at that as he appears to have the power to raise the dead. "

Cassius enters the room his custmary hood thrown back, showing his ashen white hair

"I'd thought I'd better stick around a while Darkar, that way I might learn when you plan to leave since you've neglected to tell me"

[i] a warm smiles crosses his face"
#508

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 23, 2005 16:10:43
"Well I think Silmarwen has hired Minto to craft her another wand of healing. Minto thought it would only take three days to complete, while we were waiting it would be a good time for everyone to make adequete preperations.

I for one was going to purchase a mace or two to be able to deal with undead better. Short swords have not been very effective in the past, and I think I have to take the lead in any fights so I probably need to work quickly.

Also if we had left already we might have not had Anaya able to come along to help. However I have invited at least ten people, if that many show we will have to break into two groups so it will be harder to detect us. One group on point and the other group to watch our backs. What do you think?
#509

jace_cornwall

Jan 23, 2005 21:20:17
*Jace movs into the compound, and smiles ot himself.*

.oO(I have probebly been here more then some Jackals.)

*With that thought he moves into the building that contains Darkars office. He then moves to the door and knocks. When he is called in he opens the door and walks in. He turns around from closing the door and notices the amount of people present.*

"Good day to all of you. I hope I am not interupting anything."

*Jace turns to Darkar.*

"Sir Darkar. I have some news, and a question."
#510

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 23, 2005 21:25:58
Yes, how can I help you?
#511

jace_cornwall

Jan 23, 2005 21:47:02
"I was just approched by Kai and another man that goes by the name of Lucian. Kai wanted him to come along with us. He seems a sturdy guy, Just wondering if you had any objections. I said I din't see a problem with him comming along. But this is mostely your expedition."
#512

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 23, 2005 22:07:23
Lucian.... a half elf about this tall a walking stick?
#513

jace_cornwall

Jan 23, 2005 22:57:11
"Yup. I liked him but the assosiation with Kai made me a little wary. Meanings how Kai is....well Kai."
#514

zombiegleemax

Jan 24, 2005 3:26:25
She turns as Cassius appears from behind the door, his vice familiar, but not recognizing his face

.oO(How do I know him?)

She tries to think for a moment, but is still unable to place him.

She nods to his point about it possibly being a shaman and agrees that he would be most powerful to be able to create such creatures.

As the door knocks she turns to see as Jace enters the room. An eyebrow raises as he mentions the half elf


I've met Lucian..a while ago I must say, but from what I know about him, he seems to be a good enough guy, but I don't understand where you are going at when you say you are wary of Kai.

He give you any reason to be wary of him?
#515

jace_cornwall

Jan 24, 2005 16:15:17
*Jace gives Anaya a searching gaze.*

"No, Kai asn't give me a ard reason, but yea ave'n been round im much of late ave yea. Eh makes ice look warm. He weres a skull on 'is face."

*Jace puts his hand over where Kai's mask is.*

"Eh will not talk to yea."

*Jace lowers his hand.*

"I din't sleep well when we were out there. Thats why I am slow to trust Kai. But I'm not sayin that Lucian is a bad fello. I am just voicin my opinion bout Kai. This visit is just somtin Kai Said bout Lucian. That Kai would vouch for Lucian. That he was a sturdy guy. Just made ma eyebrow raise a tad. Again this all may be wrong. I may be paranoid. Just gettin my thoughts out for all ta see."
#516

zombiegleemax

Jan 24, 2005 16:48:31
She looksat Jace as he motions to the where the mask is

.oO(So he has goen back to hiding..but not with just a scarf...why the mask? Why a skull?)

She contiplates for a moment and nods

That I have.. last time I had seen him or even talked to him was a long time ago and then he just dissappeared...didn't give any reason as to why.

Well as for Lucian, I know the half elf and as far as I know he is ok...you can have my word on him. I don't know what is up with Kai though, but I am destined to find out, how you describe him.. just isn't the Kai I know and it worries me.
#517

jace_cornwall

Jan 24, 2005 17:58:00
*Jace nods to Anaya.*

"Das why I was wary Ma'm. I also have learned that Kai has not always been so. Sir Darkar told me a little.....Excuse me fer not introducing meself."

*Jace gives a short bow to Anaya and to Cassius.*

"Ma name is Jace Cornwall, of tha Silver Swords.....Sir Darkar, I have one more Question fer ye. Ya said that we air waitin fer a magic wand ter be finished afor we go. Do yea know how much longer. I am sapposed to get da date ter Kai an Lucian. Oh an one more thin. Horses. Should we bring horses. The raiders ave ad a few days ter run. We will need some extra speed to catch dem in any reasonable time."
#518

zombiegleemax

Jan 24, 2005 18:30:32
She nods and when Jace introduces himself, she bows her head in kind

Nice to meet you Jace..I am Anaya, Anaya Starnodel.

She looks at Darkar as Jace speaks

I have Maya. She's not a full breed, but she's sturdy..we can bring her, even as just a pack horse. I will have to go to the Silver Sword and let Volos know that I will be taking her with us.
#519

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 24, 2005 22:50:08
Yes, horses might be a good idea. Although not everyone has horses, we might have to double up so that everyone can keep up. As for Lucian, I have no problem with him coming along. The date come back in two days, Minto said he would let Silmarwen know if it was going to take longer. However we will not wait beyond that.
#520

jace_cornwall

Jan 25, 2005 0:13:15
*Jace bows to the group.*

"I will be off then. Until next time."

*With that Jace turns and leaves the room his cloak wiping the air behind him.*
#521

zombiegleemax

Jan 25, 2005 1:49:50
She looks at Darkar

I should go as well so I can gather what I need for the trip and get Maya ready as well.

She leaves the other lunch on Darkar's desk and heads towards the door

Stops and turns towards the elf

Where are we to meet up at?
#522

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 25, 2005 11:52:54
We will meet up here, it seems easier.
#523

cassius_gaia_dup

Jan 25, 2005 13:42:39
"Lucian is a good chap, in fact he and I found each other running after the same prize not so long ago. I must say that his insights proved very usefull, he's got a keen mind and a knack for survival. I'll be good to be in the company of silverswords again although most of you won't even remember me.

Is Hermy still running the show over there? Perhaps I should drop in and give him a visit. Tell him I'll take the best possible care of his silver ones. :D "

Cassius bows to Darkar

"You could've mentioned it's Sir Darkar now a'days my friend. I'll meet youhere in three days. I'll need some time to prepare for the trip myself"
#524

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 25, 2005 14:14:01
Hermy and Gamis are the most notable in the Silver Sword. Well the sir part I leave up to the discretion of the individual. Until we meet again to leave.

He nods to each person as they leave the office.
#525

zombiegleemax

Jan 25, 2005 14:45:02
She bows her head to Darkar and exits the door.

As she gets half way down the hall she hurries back to his office.


Darkar? If you could, after your done with the cups could you take them back to the Last Lich? Just let Kannan know that they are the ones I borrowed.

Thanx

She smiles and hurries back up the hall

To Elsewhere
#526

cassius_gaia_dup

Jan 26, 2005 11:51:45
"In three days then, Darkar....Miss..."

Cassius nods to both of them, then walks after Anaya to the exit of the compound

oO( I better inform the tower's upper echelon that I'm off on an adventure. Then take stock of my spell components. To bad it's just three days, now I'll have to putt off the enchanting my daggers even longer. )






(to elsewhere)
#527

zombiegleemax

Jan 29, 2005 5:57:31
Ran makes his way to the Jackals' headquarters and is shown to Darkar's study at this one's convenience, where he greets the Jackal officer with a respectful bow.

"Master Shadowood? I received your missive and I will gladly be a part in any expedition that sets out to rid us from the abominations of undeath.

What contribution would be expected of me? How can I be of most service? More importantly, what should I be taking along and what should I prepare for, how does it look this mission will enfold?"

The monk prepares to store away what information Darkar has to offer, scribe training having prepared him to do so in an efficient way.
#528

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 29, 2005 10:39:05
We plan to leave within the next couple of days, and travel by horse about a day and a half north of the city. It might take a while to track down this gnome and kobolds so I am suggesting several days of food supplies.

Some of the others that I know for certain that will be coming along are Anaya, Kai, Jace, Lucian, Cassius, Silmarwen, you, and myself. Anaya, and Silmarwen have abilities to heal. Anaya says that she can help us track down the bandits, and Silmarwen can destroy and drive away the undead.

Kai, and Jace are experienced fighters, while Cassius is a powerful magister. I have only met Lucian at the halfling party, but I have had several people vouch that he can handle himself so he will be joining us.

At the archery contest, I was throughly impressed with your archery skills, that is one of the reasons I wanted you to come along Ran. With the size of our group we will need to break into two smaller groups to try and avoid notice. I was thinking that you and Silmarwen could lead the other group.
#529

zombiegleemax

Jan 29, 2005 20:55:58
"That is a sizeable contingent indeed. I assume that means we're to be expecting stiff resistance," Ran nods pensively.

"Very well, I'll be sure to bring lots of arrows. Since we'll be proceeding on horseback, shall I make arrangements for a mount? I'll pack at least a week's worth of food and ample water."

The elf goes over the list of confirmed names in his head, recognizing several.

"I know most of the others. Those that I do all have good reputations when it comes to taking care of themselves. I have no doubts about the strength of our band, we'll be able to strike forcefully and decisively. You're in charge, I defer to your superior knowledge of tactics to make the call on how we'll deploy in the field."
#530

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 29, 2005 21:22:30
"If you desire to have a mount go right ahead. Although I think there might be enough mounts for everyone to double up. However I am not quiet sure of that fact."
#531

silmarwen_dup

Jan 30, 2005 14:01:07
Knowing that her wand is ready, Silmarwen heads off to the Silver Sword guild. However she stops off to collect some gold from Darkar, and unfortunately hearing that he is a little short she receives the change in his order to deliver to Minto.
#532

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 30, 2005 15:22:37
Heading to the armoury, Darkar looks around the racks of weapons for staffs. Finding a sturdy one that is about four feet in lenght, Darkar heads to the clerk on duty and fills out the paperwork to requisition the staff. Next he heads back to obtain food rations for himself and Silmarwen for about a week.
#533

silmarwen_dup

Jan 30, 2005 23:51:25
Returning to the compound with her new wand, Silmarwen tracks down Darkar and explains that the Silver Sword is looking for a new guildhouse outside of the city. Silmarwen explains her idea to Darkar that they combine their efforts with the Silver Sword to make the fortress a success faster.

Silmarwen explains that she suggested the idea to Minto as well. Also she tells Darkar the concerns that Minto had of having the senior officer of the Jackals isolated from the city, and the idea of people moving into a potential war zone.
#534

darkar_shadowood_dup

Jan 30, 2005 23:57:28
Hearing Silmarwen's idea, Darkar agress that it could have merit. Writing the proposal down on parchment and the concerns of the Silver Sword on another. Darkar seals them up and then sends them off to Lord Malifaeyr.
#535

zombiegleemax

Feb 03, 2005 18:26:18
"If you desire to have a mount go right ahead. Although I think there might be enough mounts for everyone to double up. However I am not quiet sure of that fact."

"I'd as soon proceed on foot myself, but a dependable mount is always an asset. I'll see to it.

Very well, Ser Shadowood. Have you set the time of our departure yet, or are there still matters to attend to before that? If you leave a message at the Silver Sword or at Mrs Weatherby's boarding house, I'll be sure to receive it that same day. I'll be ready when you need me."

Ran bows respectfully before taking his leave, already going over the things he has to do in his head.

.oO(Notify Kannan, confer with Volos about a mount and supplies, a quick visit to the market for anything I can't get at the Silver Sword, the Iron Wolf for arrows... I'd best hurry if I want to finish that list today.)
#536

jace_cornwall

Feb 03, 2005 18:30:29
..
#537

zombiegleemax

Apr 05, 2005 18:33:09
The sound of a quill scribbling across parchement suddenly ceases, and is replaced by groans of young man stretching for the first time in several hours. Pushing away from his workspace, Jalen stands slowly as the blood now flowing more freely through his limbs causes a tingling sensation.

"I think that will be all for today." the young man tells no one in particular

Turning towards the door, Jalen picks up his vest putting it back on. Exiting Darkar's office, Jalen heads down the hall to the exit and out into the city.
#538

zombiegleemax

Jun 22, 2005 10:48:29
"Excuse me, Sir Pfaebinn!" calls a page.

Gamis turns his head at the summons, then turns back and nominates one of his trainees to continue the current drill's commands. He clanks over to the page standing at the edge of the training yard. "How can I help you?" he asks, adjusting a gauntlet slightly.

"There's a boy named Perry here to see you, sir. He says it's urgent."

The paladin purses his lips slightly, then nods. "Alright. Lead on."

At the front desk, he finds his fiancé's apprentice waiting, looking uneasy. "Hi, Perry, what is it?"

"Mistress Miri's going onto a rescue mission into the sewers. This elf lady with silver hair was over. She said they'll be at the Silver Sword."

Gamis's brow furrows. "NaShae?" .oO(What's going on...?) "Okay, Perry. Hold on just a minute, and we'll go." He excuses himself with his class and leaves a brief note for Lord Malifaeyr explaining his absence, then leaves the compound, clanking at a trot towards his home with Perry alongside.
#539

cassius_gaia_dup

Aug 25, 2005 13:50:06
Upon returning from the eastern marches Cassius accompanies Darkar as far as the front door of the jackal office

"Two things Darkar, first when you move out again come and find me at the high tower. We're not done out there, not by a long haul, second I need to be compensated for the materials I used to cast my spells and the stuff we found needs to be fenced and the proceeds divided amongst the survivors and the family of the fallen.

I am going to lock myself in the tower to study on new spells that may benefit us when we return to the marches. I was hoping you would be willing to take care of the division of the funds. Here are the potions and flasks I have in custody. If you hang on to the money or send someone to bring me my share I'd be very much abliged"

Cassius hands Darkar the potions he took from the gnomes
#540

zombiegleemax

Nov 12, 2005 19:05:05
Minto stops whistling as he approaches and straightens his clothes up. .o0(Shame about the feather, but no time for that now.)

He gives the gate guard a nod, and slows down long enough for the man to recognize him. He gets waved through.

Minto speeds back up and heads for Darkars offices. He knocks on the doorand waits for an answer. The door is opened by a man who is not the elf Minto seeks. Minto recognizes him as Volos nephew. "Jaleen, I'm looking for Darkar. Your uncle would like to be informed of what is going on with Jace Cornwall. He was a member of the Silver Sword, and we understand he was killed while on a mission for Lord Malifaeyr."

"Volos would like to know what to to tell his family concerning his remains."


The bard shrugs. "Providing we find his family of course."
#541

zombiegleemax

Nov 12, 2005 23:19:07
"Ah greetings, Minto wasn't it?" Jalen motions for the halfling to have a seat.

"Let me think for a moment, Jace was the dark skinned man correct?"
#542

zombiegleemax

Nov 13, 2005 0:51:16
"Minto Newberry, Bard extroidinare." Minto gives him a quick bow before slumping into the chair.

"Yes. That's the one."

"I understand there were two killed in that expedition."

"But only Jace was a Silver Sword."


He takes off his hat and runs a hand thru his hair.

"Anything Sir Darkar can tell us about the situation would be appreciated."

"You know your uncle, he'll make sure to phrase it in the best light for Jaces family."
#543

zombiegleemax

Nov 13, 2005 13:32:52
"Well I know from reading the report, basically what happened. Jace was captured while scouting the area, and persihed before they could safely rescue him. Darkar or Silmarwen would probably have more specifics since they were there."

Jalen pours Minto a cup of tea and offers it to him

"However at this moment Darkar, and Silmarwen are both with Lord Malifaeyr to attempt to question Jace. I think they mentioned it could be a short while. If you would like to wait for them here, I will let them know that you need to speak to them as soon as they are available."
#544

zombiegleemax

Nov 13, 2005 19:41:19
Minto takes a sip of the tea. "I don't believe we'll need to know anything that might comprimise the mission the group was on. But any details Sir Darkar or Lady Silmarwen can give us would be appreciated."

He takes a few more sips of the tea.

"A short while eh?"

He finishes off the cup.

"Important Jackal buisness I'm sure. I wouldn't want them to rush on my part."

He turns the cup over to make sure its all gone.

"They probably will need some time to recoup afterwards too. I know that a bit of relaxing can help clear the mind for proper thinking."

He hands the cup back.

"Of course a good steady drink can often accomplish the same."

"Will you let them know that I'll be at the Last Lich with an ale waiting for both of them as soon as they are able?"


Minto gives Jalen a bow and then moves towards the door.
#545

zombiegleemax

Nov 13, 2005 20:13:14
Accepts the tea cup back.

"I will let them both now as soon as I see them Minto. Good day to you then." he nods as the halfling is at the door.
#546

darkar_shadowood_dup

Nov 25, 2005 14:12:29
Arriving back at the compound, Darkar and Silmarwen are greeted by Jalen who informs them of Minto Newberry's visit. Agreeing that a meal woul be nice, they head off to meet with the talent bard.
#547

lucian_r_dup

Nov 30, 2005 20:22:18
Lucain approaches the desk and asks for Darkar. He thanks the clerk for telling him Darkar is out and heads to Nobody's.
#548

darkar_shadowood_dup

Mar 17, 2006 20:16:58
Darkar opens the chest in his room and removes a garment that he frequently wore when he worked at Noboby's Inn. Taking a cloak that conceals his face Darkar heads out from the compound to head to Nobody's.